WO2015131782A1 - 机动车辆油门控制设备 - Google Patents

机动车辆油门控制设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015131782A1
WO2015131782A1 PCT/CN2015/073399 CN2015073399W WO2015131782A1 WO 2015131782 A1 WO2015131782 A1 WO 2015131782A1 CN 2015073399 W CN2015073399 W CN 2015073399W WO 2015131782 A1 WO2015131782 A1 WO 2015131782A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
throttle
motor vehicle
manual
bicycle brake
moving
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/073399
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
赵彦杰
Original Assignee
赵彦杰
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 赵彦杰 filed Critical 赵彦杰
Publication of WO2015131782A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015131782A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F02COMBUSTION ENGINES; HOT-GAS OR COMBUSTION-PRODUCT ENGINE PLANTS
    • F02DCONTROLLING COMBUSTION ENGINES
    • F02D11/00Arrangements for, or adaptations to, non-automatic engine control initiation means, e.g. operator initiated
    • F02D11/02Arrangements for, or adaptations to, non-automatic engine control initiation means, e.g. operator initiated characterised by hand, foot, or like operator controlled initiation means
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T7/00Brake-action initiating means
    • B60T7/02Brake-action initiating means for personal initiation
    • B60T7/08Brake-action initiating means for personal initiation hand actuated
    • B60T7/10Disposition of hand control
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B60VEHICLES IN GENERAL
    • B60TVEHICLE BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF; BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEMS OR PARTS THEREOF, IN GENERAL; ARRANGEMENT OF BRAKING ELEMENTS ON VEHICLES IN GENERAL; PORTABLE DEVICES FOR PREVENTING UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES; VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS TO FACILITATE COOLING OF BRAKES
    • B60T17/00Component parts, details, or accessories of power brake systems not covered by groups B60T8/00, B60T13/00 or B60T15/00, or presenting other characteristic features
    • B60T17/18Safety devices; Monitoring
    • GPHYSICS
    • G05CONTROLLING; REGULATING
    • G05GCONTROL DEVICES OR SYSTEMS INSOFAR AS CHARACTERISED BY MECHANICAL FEATURES ONLY
    • G05G1/00Controlling members, e.g. knobs or handles; Assemblies or arrangements thereof; Indicating position of controlling members
    • G05G1/30Controlling members actuated by foot
    • G05G1/44Controlling members actuated by foot pivoting

Definitions

  • the invention relates to a series of motor vehicle throttle control devices.
  • the present invention provides a series of motor vehicle throttle control devices.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle can prevent the driver from accidentally stepping on the throttle and causing the car to be destroyed.
  • the technical solution provided by the invention is: a motor vehicle throttle control device, and for the electronic throttle, the throttle is controlled by a manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the movement of the moving parts by manual components.
  • the first is to design and manufacture a main component of a manual throttle device for motor vehicles.
  • a movable moving original is arranged on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the moving original can only be moved on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main part.
  • a spring is provided on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. When the external force that controls the moving original is removed, the spring can return the moving original to its original position.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is set to a square shape.
  • a thin rectangular gap is provided on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the thin rectangular slit is parallel to the two sides of the rectangular parallelepiped.
  • set a convex body One side of the convex body is perpendicular to the other side. One end of one side is in the middle of the other side.
  • a screw hole is provided from the center of the vertical end of the "convex" to the center of the lower side. Then place the moving original on the side of the cuboid.
  • the displacement sensor is placed outside the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is connected to the moving original through a connecting member.
  • a change in the position of the moving original can change the position of the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the displacement sensor sends the sensed signal to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a control signal.
  • the line is sent to the servo motor relay, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. Make maneuver The power of the vehicle is adjusted.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is provided with a spring to return the moving original to the original position after the external force is removed. Controlling the movement of the moving original is the manual device of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. See the details below.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle can be used independently; it can also be used in combination with the foot accelerator pedal.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can also control the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle. See the details below.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is arranged at a suitable position of the motor vehicle.
  • the main throttle device of the motor vehicle Under normal circumstances, when the front and front lower parts of the baffle of the vehicle at the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle are relatively rich, it is convenient to set the main throttle device of the motor vehicle to set the main throttle device of the motor vehicle to the motor vehicle.
  • Such a motor vehicle is generally provided with an engine at the front of the cab.
  • the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member may be disposed above and above the vehicle at the motor vehicle accelerator pedal.
  • Such a motor vehicle generally has an engine that is not disposed at the front of the cab. Such as vans, buss, buses.
  • the manual part of the other end of the bicycle brake line is placed on the steering wheel.
  • a tube device is arranged in parallel with the steering wheel tube of the motor vehicle.
  • the tube device is a straight tube. Or a curved tube.
  • One end of the tube device is open in the direction of the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the tube device is open beside the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle. That is, the tube device is in the steering wheel holder of the motor vehicle.
  • the steering wheel mount is the part of the steering wheel input shaft of the motor vehicle steering wheel system that wraps the steering wheel frame of the motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the bicycle brake line is threaded into the end of the tube device in the direction of the motor vehicle throttle pedal.
  • the bracket is mounted on the vehicle structure.
  • the fixing cannot make the core wire of the bicycle brake wire unable to be pulled flexibly.
  • one end of one spring is fixed on the bracket.
  • the other end of the spring is fixed to the outer sleeve of the bicycle brake line.
  • a metal bag on the jacket of the bicycle brake line.
  • the jacket of the bicycle brake wire pack can be made of metal.
  • a metal piece is placed at the end of the spring. There are holes in the metal piece. There is also a hole in the iron that covers the bicycle brake line jacket. This allows the two to be held together by screws.
  • the bicycle brake line between the springs is curved.
  • the bicycle brake wire is threaded from the end of the pipe device in the direction of the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle, and is passed out from the other end of the pipe device, that is, the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle.
  • a tube is placed vertically in the middle of the steering wheel and in the plane of the steering wheel.
  • One end of the tube is next to the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system and the other end of the tube is on the steering wheel surface.
  • the bicycle brake wire is placed on the steering wheel, or the outer end of the bicycle brake wire is directly fixed, and the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is connected with the manual component.
  • the bicycle brake line uses the existing bicycle brake line. Or make a bicycle brake line yourself. This kind of bicycle brake line made by itself, the core wire is very loose in the jacket. It is very easy to move around in the jacket.
  • the displacement sensor is placed above the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the moving original of the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is integrated with the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is the moving original.
  • the displacement sensor is placed on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the movable original and the movable brush of the potentiometer type displacement sensor are integrated.
  • the displacement of the moving original causes a change in the resistance of the moving end of the potentiometer.
  • the amount of change in the resistance reflects the magnitude of the displacement, and the increase or decrease in the resistance indicates the direction of the displacement.
  • the displacement sensor then converts the physical quantity of the moving original into a power output. After the ECU electronic control unit obtains the relevant information, the actuator is adjusted by the actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle to adjust the power of the motor vehicle.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is arranged at a suitable position of the motor vehicle.
  • Motor vehicle throttle control device for electronic throttle, uses a motor vehicle manual throttle device to control the throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes that the throttle is controlled by the manual component to control the movement of the displacement of the displacement sensor.
  • Design and manufacture a mounting component. Install the displacement sensor directly on the mounting part.
  • the manual component such as the core wire of the bicycle brake wire, is directly connected to the moving end of the displacement sensor. If the throttle is controlled by the foot accelerator pedal while using the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle, the foot accelerator pedal can also be directly connected to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • a spring is placed on the mounting component on which the displacement sensor is mounted. When the external force that controls the moving end of the displacement sensor is removed, the spring can return the moving end of the displacement sensor to its original position.
  • the displacement sensor After the position of the moving end of the displacement sensor changes, the displacement sensor sends the sensed signal to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously.
  • the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a control signal.
  • the line is sent to the servo motor relay, which drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the other end of the manual component bicycle brake line is placed on the steering wheel.
  • the mounting components on which the displacement sensor is mounted are placed at a suitable location on the motor vehicle.
  • the mounting member for mounting the displacement sensor is disposed on the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle.
  • Such a motor vehicle is generally provided with an engine at the front of the cab.
  • the motor vehicle's accelerator pedal is at the front of the vehicle
  • the position of the front and the lower part is not rich, and the mounting component on which the displacement sensor is mounted can be placed above and above the vehicle at the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle.
  • Such a motor vehicle generally has an engine that is not disposed at the front of the cab.
  • Motor vehicle throttle control device for electronic throttle, uses a motor vehicle manual throttle device to control the throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes that the throttle is controlled by the manual component to control the movement of the displacement of the displacement sensor.
  • Design and manufacture a mounting component. Install the displacement sensor directly on the mounting part.
  • the manual component that is, the core wire of the bicycle brake wire, is directly connected to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the other end of the bicycle brake line, the manual part is installed next to the cab driver's seat.
  • a manual plug is a plug in a tube.
  • the friction between the plug and the tube is large, and it is necessary for the person to move the plug by hand.
  • the plug and the tube are made of rubber or soft plastic. This will cause a lot of friction between the plug and the tube.
  • One end of the plug is connected to the core wire of the bicycle brake line.
  • the other end of the stopper is a manual handle. The driver pulls the manual handle on the plug or pushes the manual handle on the plug by hand; the plug drives the core wire of the bicycle brake line to move. The movement of the core wire of the bicycle brake line causes the moving end of the displacement sensor connected to the other end of the bicycle brake line to move.
  • the displacement sensor After the position of the moving end of the displacement sensor changes, the displacement sensor sends the sensed signal to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously.
  • the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a control signal.
  • the line is sent to the servo motor relay, which drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the manual plug on the other end of the manual component bicycle brake line is placed on the steering wheel.
  • the accelerator pedal can be used to control the throttle.
  • the foot accelerator pedal is directly connected to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • a spring is provided at both the foot accelerator pedal and the moving end of the displacement sensor. The spring returns the moving end of the displacement sensor to its original position.
  • the mounting components on which the displacement sensor is mounted are placed at a suitable location on the motor vehicle.
  • the end of the jacket at one end of the bicycle brake wire is mounted on Motor vehicle manual throttle device main parts.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a hole into which the screw can be screwed. Set a screw hole in the corresponding position on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the end of the jacket at one end of the bicycle brake line can be screwed onto the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the moving original of the main throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the manual throttle device main body and the moving original of the motor vehicle are not used, the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • a motorized manual throttle device knob type manual component is provided.
  • the other end of the bicycle brake line is mounted on a knob-type manual part.
  • the knob type manual part has a knob.
  • the outer jacket of the bicycle brake line is mounted on a fixed facility of the knob type manual component. Or it can be installed on the equipment of the vehicle next to the knob type manual part.
  • the brake wire core at the other end of the bicycle brake wire is wound around the knob of the knob type manual part.
  • the friction between the shaft of this knob and the part of the knob-type manual part fixing knob is very large, and it is rotated by a person turning it by hand.
  • Parts such as the shaft of the knob and the fixed knob are made of rubber or soft plastic.
  • the friction between the shaft of the knob and the components of the fixed knob is large.
  • the lower part of the shaft of the knob has the same convexity of the five-pointed star.
  • the convex portion of the curved piece structure is opposite to the neutral portion of the knob, such as the corner of the pentagonal star, one after another. If the knob is turned, when the convex part of the lower part of the shaft of the knob, such as the corner of the pentagram, faces the convex part of the curved piece structure, the lower part of the rotating shaft is like the corner of the five-pointed star because the curved piece structure is elastic.
  • the convex bodies one by one can smoothly pass through the convex portion of the curved piece structure.
  • the bicycle brake wire core is mounted on one end of the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle to drive the moving original.
  • the bicycle brake wire core is mounted on the moving end of the displacement sensor to drive the moving end of the displacement sensor to move.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the moving original sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit after the movement of the moving original is detected, or the displacement sensor senses the change of the position of the moving end, and the ECU electronic control unit transmits the information to the system and other systems.
  • the incoming data information is subjected to arithmetic processing, and a control signal is calculated and sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening degree of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is improved.
  • the brake wire wound around the knob is released.
  • the moving original on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle or the moving end of the displacement sensor returns to the original position under the action of the set spring.
  • the displacement sensor sends the sensed information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant.
  • the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems, calculates a control signal, and sends it to the servo motor relay through the line.
  • the motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. Make maneuver The power of the vehicle is adjusted.
  • knob rotation of the manual part knob is set to the scale. Let people know the extent to which the throttle is open and closed.
  • the bicycle brake line uses the existing bicycle brake line. Or make a bicycle brake line yourself. This kind of bicycle brake line made by itself, the core wire is very loose in the jacket. It is very easy to move around in the jacket.
  • the end of the one end of the bicycle brake wire is mounted on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a hole into which the screw can be screwed.
  • a screw hole capable of screwing is provided on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the outer casing of the bicycle brake line can be mounted on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle with screws.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the moving original of the main throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • a tube device is arranged in parallel with the steering wheel tube of the motor vehicle.
  • the tube device is a straight tube. Or a curved tube.
  • One end of the pipe device is opened in the direction of the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. Near the main part of the manual throttle device of a motor vehicle. Or there is a certain distance from the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the tube device is open beside the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle. That is, the tube device is in the steering wheel holder of the motor vehicle.
  • the steering wheel mount is the part of the steering wheel input shaft of the motor vehicle steering wheel system that wraps the steering wheel frame of the motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the bicycle brake wire is threaded from one end of the pipe device in the direction of the main throttle device of the motor vehicle. Before the pipe device is inserted, in order to prevent the twisting of the bicycle brake wire from affecting the portion of the bicycle brake wire installed on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the bicycle brake line can be attached to a bracket.
  • the bracket is mounted on the vehicle structure.
  • the fixing cannot make the core wire of the bicycle brake wire unable to be pulled flexibly.
  • one end of one spring is fixed on the bracket.
  • the other end of the spring is fixed to the outer sleeve of the bicycle brake line.
  • the jacket of the bicycle brake wire pack can be made of metal.
  • a metal piece is placed at the end of the spring.
  • the bicycle brake line between the springs is curved.
  • the bicycle brake line is threaded from the end of the pipe device in the direction of the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle, and is passed out from the other end of the pipe device, that is, the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle.
  • a tube is placed vertically in the middle of the steering wheel and in the plane of the steering wheel.
  • One end of the tube is next to the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system and the other end of the tube is on the steering wheel surface.
  • the bicycle brake wire After the bicycle brake wire is passed out of the pipe equipment, it passes through the tube in the middle of the steering wheel to the middle of the steering wheel surface. In this way, the bicycle brake line will be wound around the steering input shaft of the vehicle steering system when the vehicle turns to a large bend. After the vehicle has passed the bend, the spring provided on the bracket of the fixed bicycle brake line will cause the bicycle brake line to retreat from the steering shaft.
  • a tube is placed from the middle of the steering wheel to the circumference of the steering wheel. Tube water The lower part of the flat central axis is placed together with the steering wheel.
  • the upper portion of the horizontal center axis of the tube is movable. It can be screwed onto the lower part of the horizontal central axis of the tubular.
  • a bicycle brake line that passes through the tube in the middle of the steering wheel is placed in the tubular.
  • the outer sleeve of the bicycle brake wire is secured to the lower portion of the horizontal center axis of the tubular at an intermediate position of the tubular.
  • the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is mounted there.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a hole into which the screw can be screwed.
  • the horizontal central axis of the junction of the tubular and the circumference of the steering wheel is also provided as a screw hole into which the screw can be screwed. This enables the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire to be screwed at the horizontal center axis of the joint at the circumference of the tubular and steering wheel.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is installed at an intermediate position of one of the belt widths.
  • the ribbon is a strap. It is harder than cloth and won't roll together. But it is not hard and can be folded.
  • the ribbon can be made of cloth or chemical fiber raw materials.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is mounted on the belt, and the core wire of the bicycle brake wire may be passed through a hole provided at an intermediate position of one side of the belt width, and then the end of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is The head and the bicycle brake wire core are folded back together, and the end portion of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the portion of the bicycle brake wire core are folded together by a metal sheet, and the wrapped iron is pressed by the machine.
  • the end of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the brake wire of the bicycle are not loosened. It's like using a baler to press the iron sheets that are wrapped around the knots so that they don't come loose.
  • the hole provided at the intermediate position of the one side of the strip has a metal pocket.
  • the so-called metal bag is the metal bag that is commonly used for the holes provided in the cloth and chemical fiber bags. This makes the holes strong.
  • the fabric and chemical fiber at the hole at the back of the hole are not loosened, and the hole is getting bigger and bigger.
  • the strip is placed in a lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the ribbon must stand upright in the lumen of the motor vehicle's steering wheel circumference.
  • the so-called standing is that the side of the strip is perpendicular to the horizontal plane.
  • the long side of the belt is parallel to the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the ribbon is mounted on the other side of the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the method of installation is to provide a hole in the middle of the other end of the ribbon.
  • the hole is set to a metal mouth.
  • the other end of the ribbon is then screwed into the screw hole provided on the other side of the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the installation of the belt in the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle requires that the belt be fully extended, the core wire of the bicycle brake line is driven by the belt, and the core of the bicycle brake line is driven by the vehicle manually.
  • the movement of the moving original set on the main part of the throttle device causes the spring set on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle to be compressed to the limit, the moving original moves to the limit, and the throttle of the motor vehicle is increased to the limit, the ribbon is not attached to the
  • the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle is on one side of the steering wheel. But there can be no big gaps.
  • a plurality of cells are disposed in the lumen of the steering wheel on the circumference of the steering wheel.
  • the cells are all oriented towards the center of the steering wheel.
  • the cells between the cells are next door.
  • the partition between the cells is perpendicular to the circumferential axis of the steering wheel.
  • the upper and lower sides of the hole are the upper wall of the hole and the lower wall of the hole.
  • the size of the hole of the hole in the center of the steering wheel and the size of the hole in the direction of the outer direction of the hole are smaller than the size of the inside of the hole.
  • the switch plug consists of a frame and an elastic object mounted in the frame.
  • the frame of the switch plug consists of twelve frame strips.
  • the upper and lower frame strips, and the upper and lower frame strips of the frame in the direction outside the steering wheel are straight or curved.
  • the rest of the frame strips are straight.
  • Each frame strip is composed of two sides that are perpendicular to each other.
  • An ear piece is provided on the frame strip. There are screw holes in the ear piece. There are also screw holes in the corresponding positions on the frame strip.
  • the frame strips can be assembled into a frame by means of screws.
  • the female corners of the frame strip assembled into a frame are all outward with respect to the center of the frame.
  • the elastic object installed in the frame is a piece of elastic object.
  • a single piece of elastic body is made of rubber or soft plastic.
  • the six faces of a single piece of elastic object are all convex from the frame.
  • the left and right sides of the partition wall between the contact holes of the six faces of a single piece of elastic material protruding from the frame, and the upper and lower faces of the contact cell, the upper and lower faces of the lower wall of the cell are all flat.
  • One side of the six faces of a single piece of elastic body that faces the direction of the outer disk is a plane or a slightly curved plane.
  • the shape of the wall of the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle corresponding to one side of the six faces of the one piece of the elastic body facing the direction of the steering wheel coincides.
  • one side of the six faces of a single piece of elastic body facing the direction of the disc is closely fitted with the wall of the lumen provided on the circumference of the corresponding steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the shape of the middle of one side of the six faces of the entire elastic body toward the center of the steering wheel is convenient for pressing by a human finger. That is, the shape is flat or approximately flat. There is a sense of comfort when the human finger is pressed.
  • the size of the frame of the switch plug from the outside of the steering wheel to the center of the frame in the direction of the steering wheel is smaller than the size of one of the cells outside the steering wheel to the center of the steering wheel in the direction of the steering wheel. The switch plug can then move in the cell from the outside of the steering wheel to the center of the steering wheel.
  • the elastic object installed in the switch plug frame is not a single elastic object.
  • the elastic object is mounted on a hard object, that is, on the left and right sides of the partition wall between the contact cells of the switch plug, and on the upper wall of the contact hole and the upper and lower surfaces of the lower wall of the cell.
  • the purpose is to make the friction between the upper wall of the hole and the lower wall of the hole contact with the partition wall between the switch plug and the hole, and the friction between them is large, and the force is required to move the switch plug.
  • the elastic object installed in the switch plug frame, except for the side facing the center of the steering wheel, the remaining five sides are all integral.
  • the purpose is to make the friction between the upper wall of the hole and the lower wall of the hole contact with the partition wall between the switch plug and the hole, and the friction between them is large, and the force is required to move the switch plug.
  • the side of the switch plug facing the center of the steering wheel is separately mounted.
  • the shape of this face is easy for a person's finger to press. That is, the shape is flat or approximately flat. There is a sense of comfort when the human finger is pressed.
  • This face is not an elastic object. It is screwed onto the frame strip of the switch plug frame facing the center of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle. A plurality of switch plugs provided in the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle are all moved to the direction outside the steering wheel.
  • the plurality of switch plugs toward the outer side of the steering wheel jointly push the belts installed in the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle to extend completely, and after the strip is completely extended, the belt drives the core wire of the bicycle brake line to move.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is moved with the moving original set on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle, so that the spring set on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is compressed to the limit, the moving original moves to the limit, and the throttle of the motor vehicle is added. Big to the limit.
  • the body is not attached to the side of the steering wheel disposed on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle. The gap between them is not too big.
  • the lumen and the switch plug of the throttle control provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle are disposed to the left or right of the steering wheel.
  • the same structure of the lumen and the switch plug are arranged in the opposite direction of the lumen of the control throttle and the steering wheel of the switch plug provided on the steering wheel. But do not control the throttle. It only plays a role in controlling the throttle. In the opposite direction, if the lumen of the control throttle and the switch plug are placed on the left side of the steering wheel; then the lumen and the switch plug that cooperate with the control throttle are placed on the right side of the steering wheel.
  • the lumen of the control throttle and the switch plug are placed to the right of the steering wheel; then the lumen and switch plug that cooperate with the control throttle are placed to the left of the steering wheel.
  • Wires are placed at the four corners of the frame of each of the switch plugs toward the center of the steering wheel. The wire is to pass through the wall of the hole in the center of the steering wheel through the hole of the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel. It has been previously stated that the size of the aperture opening is smaller than the size of the interior of the aperture. That is to say, there is a hole in the mouth of the hole.
  • the wire set on the upper left side of the first control throttle switch plug must be connected to the wire provided on the upper left side of the first switch plug that controls the throttle.
  • the switch plug that controls the throttle is completely moved outside the steering wheel, and the switch plug that cooperates with the control throttle moves completely to the center of the steering wheel, the wire is completely straight.
  • the wire set on the upper right side of the first control throttle lock plug must be connected to the wire set on the upper right side of the first switch plug that matches the control throttle.
  • the wire set on the lower left side of the first control plug of the throttle must be connected to the wire provided on the lower left side of the first switch plug that controls the throttle.
  • the wire set on the lower right side of the first control plug of the throttle must be connected to the wire set on the lower right side of the first switch plug that matches the control throttle.
  • the second, third, and even the wires on the switch plugs that control the throttle are connected to the second, third, or even a plurality of wires on the switch plugs that match the throttle.
  • the size of the hole of the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel by the direction of the center of the steering wheel is smaller than the size of the inside of the cell.
  • the upper wall of the hole at the opening of the hole in the direction of the center of the steering wheel is slightly extended beyond the opening of the hole. Extend the hole from the lower wall of the hole at the hole of the hole in the direction of the center of the steering wheel.
  • a thin tube for providing a wire is placed on the upper wall of the protruding cell and on the lower wall of the protruding cell.
  • the switch plug for controlling the throttle is located on the upper wall of the extended hole and the lower wall of the extended hole
  • the switch plug of the control throttle is located on the upper wall of the extended hole and the lower wall of the extended hole, Set the same thin tube for the wire.
  • the first wire on the left and right sides of the switch plug that controls the throttle, and the first one After the upper left and right wires of the switch plug of the throttle are connected they are arranged in a thin tube provided on the upper wall of the protruding hole. This thin tube is placed on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the thin tube is on the upper wall of the hole from which the first control throttle of the throttle is located, until the first upper wall of the hole with the opening of the control plug of the control throttle is A whole.
  • the wire on the left and right sides of the first control throttle switch plug is connected to the wire on the left and right sides of the first switch lock that matches the throttle, and is placed on the lower wall of the extended hole.
  • Set in a thin tube This thin tube is placed on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the thin tube is on the lower wall of the hole from which the first control throttle of the throttle is located, until the first lower wall of the hole that protrudes from the hole where the switch plug of the control throttle is located is a whole .
  • the second, third, and even the control plugs on the throttle and the wire on the switch plug that controls the throttle are all set up.
  • the switch plug of the control throttle is moved to the direction of the steering wheel, and the switch plug of the control throttle can be moved to the center of the steering wheel by the wire to cause the switch of the control throttle to be returned to the original position, so that the throttle It has been reduced.
  • the throttle it is possible to control the throttle to be made larger and the throttle to be smaller. This realizes that the throttle is manually moved by the foot.
  • the switch plug of the control throttle is moved toward the outside of the steering wheel by the pressing of the driver's finger.
  • the switch plug moves to the outside of the steering wheel and pushes the belt to drive the core wire of the bicycle brake line to move.
  • the bicycle brake wire core is installed on the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle, and the movement of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire drives the moving original to move.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the moving original will send this information to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously after monitoring the movement of the moving original, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a
  • the control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is improved.
  • the switch plug of the control throttle When the finger of the other hand of the driver is pressed to move the switch plug of the control throttle to the direction of the steering wheel, the switch plug of the control throttle is moved to the center of the steering wheel by the wire to cause the switch of the control throttle to be returned to the original position.
  • the ribbon connected to the brake core wire loses its support.
  • the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle at the other end of the brake wire core wire connected to the belt is returned to the original position by the spring.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the moving original After the displacement sensor connected to the moving original detects the movement of the moving original, it will send the information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate A control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the switch plug when the driver grips the steering wheel portion where the switch plug is located from the steering wheel, the switch plug will not be touched when the switch plug is fully moved toward the center of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle. This ensures that the driver's hand does not inadvertently hit the switch plug that controls the throttle and the switch plug that matches the throttle when making a sharp turn.
  • the switch plug that controls the throttle and the switch plug that cooperates with the control throttle are respectively set to different vivid colors. It is convenient for the driver to control in time.
  • the bicycle brake line uses the existing bicycle brake line. Or make a bicycle brake line yourself. This kind of bicycle brake line made by itself, the core wire is very loose in the jacket. It is very easy to move around in the jacket.
  • the end of the one end of the bicycle brake wire is mounted on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a hole into which the screw can be screwed.
  • a screw hole capable of screwing is provided on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the outer casing of the bicycle brake line can be mounted on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle with screws.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the moving original of the main throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • a bracket is placed beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the mount is mounted on the body of the motor vehicle. Secure the other end of the bicycle brake line to the holder. For example, use a metal bag on the outer jacket of the bicycle brake line.
  • the jacket of the bicycle brake wire pack can be made of metal.
  • a hole can be placed on the outer surface of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire to provide a screw. Place a hole in the holder as well. Then screw the other end of the bicycle brake wire to the holder.
  • a lifting frame is arranged vertically on the fixed frame and on the steering surface of the motor vehicle.
  • the ring frame has two small rings. The plane of the small ring is parallel to the steering wheel surface of the motor vehicle. Both small rings are on an axis perpendicular to the steering wheel surface of the motor vehicle. Secure the two small rings to the lifting frame. For example, two small rings are welded to the lifting frame.
  • a rod with a lifting rod is inserted into the ring holes of the two small rings. The upper part of the lifting rod near the steering wheel is a lifting ring.
  • the lifting ring is a ring part.
  • the driver can lift it by hand.
  • the lower end of the bail bar has a small hole. Pass the core wire of the bicycle brake wire through the hole, and then fold the end of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the bicycle brake wire core together and fix it.
  • the end of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the portion of the bicycle brake wire core are folded together by iron, and the wrapped iron is pressed by the machine.
  • the end of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the bicycle brake wire core are not loosened.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a screw hole capable of screwing up.
  • the corresponding position of the lifting frame is also set as a screw hole capable of screwing. This allows the outer casing of the bicycle brake line to be fastened to the lifting frame with screws.
  • the driver lifts the lifting ring on the lifting rod when driving, and the lower part of the lifting rod drives the bicycle brake wire to move. move.
  • the moving original moving on the main component of the manual throttle device of the vehicle is moved.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the moving original will send this information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant after monitoring the movement of the moving original, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted from other systems to calculate a control.
  • the signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is improved.
  • the moving original on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle at the other end of the brake wire is returned to the original position by the spring.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the moving original detects the movement of the moving original, it will send the information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a
  • the control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the bicycle brake line uses the existing bicycle brake line. Or make a bicycle brake line yourself. This kind of bicycle brake line made by itself, the core wire is very loose in the jacket. It is very easy to move around in the jacket.
  • the end of the jacket at one end of the bicycle brake wire is mounted on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a hole into which the screw can be screwed. Set a screw hole in the corresponding position on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the end of the jacket at one end of the bicycle brake line can be screwed onto the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the moving original of the main throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • a motorized manual throttle device lever-type manual component is provided next to the driver's seat of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the other end of the bicycle brake line is mounted on the lever-type manual part.
  • the lower end of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle has a handle. There is a hole in the middle of the handle.
  • the lever type manual parts are placed on a base.
  • a device for mounting a lever-type manual part is fixed to the base by screws.
  • the device for mounting the lever-type manual part is two rectangular sheets. The lower ends of the sheets each have a screw hole. The sheet can be fixed by screws at the concave ends of both ends of the base.
  • the device with the lever-type manual part is two chevron-shaped pieces. The lower ends of the chevron-shaped sheets each have two screw holes. The chevron-shaped flaps can be fixed by screws at both ends of the base.
  • the device with the lever-type manual part has a screw hole in the part on the base.
  • a cushion such as rubber can be added to both sides of the hole of the shank of the lower end of the lever type manual member to produce a good friction effect, and the cushion is naturally holed.
  • a lever-type manual part a mat such as rubber that produces a good friction effect, or a device with a lever-type manual part or a cushion.
  • a mat such as rubber that produces a good friction effect or a spring structure.
  • the outer sleeve of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the base, and the core wire at the other end of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the lever type manual component.
  • the driver of the motor vehicle moves the lever by hand, and the lever moves the core of the bicycle brake line, thereby affecting the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle on which the displacement sensor is mounted and the mounting member are provided with a spring. When the driver of the motor vehicle manually moves the lever in the opposite direction, the lever no longer affects the core wire of the bicycle brake line, and the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle on which the displacement sensor is mounted, and the spring provided on the mounting member, The moving end of the displacement sensor returns to its original position.
  • the displacement sensor After the position of the moving end of the displacement sensor changes, the displacement sensor sends the sensed signal to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a control signal.
  • the line is sent to the servo motor relay, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is adjusted. Since the lever type manual member is sandwiched between the devices that mount the lever type manual member by a rubber or the like having a good friction effect, only the driver of the motor vehicle can move it by hand.
  • the lever of a manual throttle device for a motor vehicle or a lever.
  • the lever is like a hook.
  • the bottom end of the hook is the fulcrum of the lever such as a handle.
  • the short section of the hook is the lever's resistance arm that holds the core of the bicycle brake line.
  • the long section of the hook is the power arm of the lever. That is, the part of the driver of the motor vehicle that is moved by hand.
  • the amount by which the driver of the motor vehicle moves the lever by hand or the amount of the power arm that moves the lever is set to a scale at the power arm of the lever or lever. In this way, the degree of opening and closing of the throttle of the motor vehicle can be accurately grasped, and the degree of power of the motor vehicle can be adjusted.
  • the foot throttle pedal can be used at the same time as the manual throttle device.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle uses the control throttle independently; or it is used in combination with the foot accelerator pedal.
  • the foot throttle pedal is used to control the throttle, and the foot accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle, the moving original on the mounting component, or the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • Motor vehicle throttle control device for electronic throttle, uses a motor vehicle manual throttle device to control the throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the movement of the moving parts by manual components.
  • the first is to design and manufacture a main component of a manual throttle device for motor vehicles.
  • a movable moving original is arranged on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • Machine There are restrictions on the main parts of the manual vehicle throttle device so that the moving parts can only be moved on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is provided with a spring, which can automatically return the moving original to the original position. That is, after the external force causes the moving original to be displaced, the spring can return the moving original to the original position after the external force is removed.
  • the displacement sensor is placed on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is integrated with the moving original.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is the moving original.
  • a rack is placed in association with the moving original.
  • the rack is placed in the chute.
  • the chute is fixed to the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • Set up a micro motor The micromotor is mounted on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. Or installed next to the main parts of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • a one-way transmission gear is mounted on the shaft of the micromotor.
  • the so-called one-way transmission gear is a driven wheel of a chain transmission such as a bicycle rear wheel. It only has a transfer effect in one direction. If a person steps forward on the bicycle pedal, the bicycle can move forward. Stepping on the bicycle pedal backwards does not drive the bicycle backwards.
  • the one-way transmission gear mounted on the shaft of the micromotor is docked with the rack associated with the moving original.
  • the motor When the motor is energized, the motor drives the gear of the one-way transmission to rotate.
  • the one-way transmission gears in turn drive the rack movement associated with the moving original. Move the original to follow the move.
  • the displacement sensor After the moving original moves, or after the moving end of the displacement sensor moves, the displacement sensor sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously after monitoring the movement of the moving original or sensing the moving end, and the ECU electronic control unit transmits the information to the ECU.
  • the data information transmitted from other systems is processed, and a control signal is calculated and sent to the servo motor relay through the line.
  • the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is improved.
  • the motor When the motor is de-energized, the rotor of the motor loses its electromagnetic field. After the rotor of the motor loses the force of the electromagnetic field, the rotor of the motor can be freely rotated. At the same time, a one-way transmission gear is mounted on the shaft of the motor. Then, when the motor is powered off, the spring force of the spring provided on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle returns the moving original set on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle to the original position.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the moving original After the displacement sensor connected to the moving original detects the movement of the moving original, it will send the information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a
  • the control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • a restriction facility is provided on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. Limiting the facility limits the limits of rack movement. That is, the movement limit of the moving original set on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle associated with the rack is limited. At the same time, it also limits the opening of the throttle that the moving original is affected by the displacement sensor. If the moving position of the moving original corresponding to the opening degree of the throttle required for the cruising speed of the motor vehicle is set as the moving limit. Set to the limit of rack motion. Then, after the motor is energized, the motor drives the gear of the one-way transmission to rotate. The one-way transmission gears in turn drive the rack movement associated with the moving original.
  • the rack When the rack moves to the limit facility set on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle, the rack can no longer be moved. Then the moving original can not move after moving to a certain position.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the moving original is monitoring the movement After the condition of the original movement, the information will be sent to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit will calculate the information and the data information transmitted by other systems, calculate a control signal, and send it to the servo motor relay through the line.
  • the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. This opening is the opening required for the motor vehicle to achieve cruising speed. This way, when the motor vehicle needs cruising, it is enough to use electric control. No foot pedal control is required.
  • the rotor of the motor When the motor is de-energized, the rotor of the motor loses its electromagnetic field. After the rotor of the motor loses the force of the electromagnetic field, the rotor of the motor can be freely rotated. At this point, the pedal can be controlled by foot movement.
  • the power switch that controls the micromotor is placed next to the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Or set on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the power switch is placed outside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab, and the power cord of the power switch can be pulled. If the power switch is placed on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab, the power cord channel of the power switch needs to be set.
  • a tube device is disposed in parallel with the steering wheel frame tube of the motor vehicle.
  • the tube device is a straight tube. Or a curved tube.
  • One end of the pipe device is opened in the direction of the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. Near the main part of the manual throttle device of a motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the tube device is open beside the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle. That is, the tube device is in the steering wheel holder of the motor vehicle.
  • the steering wheel mount is the part of the steering wheel input shaft of the motor vehicle steering wheel system that wraps the steering wheel frame of the motor vehicle.
  • the power cord of the micro motor control switch is threaded from one end of the tube device in the direction of the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. Passing out from the other end of the tube device, ie the steering input shaft of the motor vehicle steering wheel system.
  • a spring is disposed outside the steering device of the main throttle device of the motor vehicle. One end of the spring is fixed to the body of the vehicle.
  • the other end of the spring is fixed to the power line of the micro motor control switch.
  • the method is to use a tin foil on the power line of the micro motor control switch. Fix one end of the spring and the iron of the power cord that surrounds the micro motor control switch. For example, a metal piece is placed at the end of the spring. There are holes in the metal piece. There is also a hole in the iron of the power cord that surrounds the micro motor control switch. This allows the two to be held together by screws.
  • a tube is placed vertically in the middle of the steering wheel and in the plane of the steering wheel. One end of the tube is next to the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system and the other end of the tube is on the steering wheel surface. After the power cord of the micro motor control switch passes through the tube device, it passes through the tube in the middle of the steering wheel, and the middle portion of the steering wheel surface and the micro motor control switch are butted together.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is arranged at a suitable position of the motor vehicle.
  • the displacement sensor is disposed outside the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is connected via a connecting member to a moving original on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • Motor vehicle manual throttle device for electronic throttle, use motor vehicle manual throttle device to control the throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the movement of the moving parts by manual components.
  • the first is to design and manufacture a main component of a manual throttle device for motor vehicles.
  • a movable moving original is arranged on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is provided with a spring, which can automatically return the moving original to the original position. That is, after the external force causes the moving original to be displaced, the spring can return the moving original to the original position after the external force is removed.
  • the displacement sensor is placed on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is integrated with the moving original.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is the moving original.
  • a rack is placed in association with the moving original.
  • the rack is placed in the chute.
  • the chute is fixed to the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • Set up a miniature micro speed motor The micro-micro speed motor is mounted on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. Or installed next to the main parts of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the shaft of the rack and the micro-micro speed motor are perpendicular.
  • a gear is mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro speed motor.
  • the shaft mounted gear of the micro-micro speed motor is docked with the rack connected to the moving original.
  • the gear mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro motor is docked by a shifting mechanism and a rack associated with the moving original. That is, a gear and a rack are connected.
  • the set gears are mounted on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle through the mounting bracket.
  • the gears mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro speed motor are in turn connected to the set gears.
  • the motor When the motor is energized, the motor drives the gear to rotate.
  • the gears in turn drive the rack movement associated with the moving original. Move the original to follow the move.
  • the micro-micro speed motor is controlled by a bidirectional switch. That is, the micro-micro speed motor can be rotated forward or reversed.
  • a restriction mechanism is provided on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle to limit the upper and lower limits of the rack movement. That is, the upper and lower limits of the movement of the displacement end of the displacement sensor, that is, the maximum and minimum throttle opening degrees are the upper and lower limits of the rack movement.
  • the displacement sensor After the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle moves, or after the moving end of the displacement sensor moves, the displacement sensor sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously after monitoring the movement of the moving original or sensing the movement of the moving end.
  • the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted from other systems, calculates a control signal, and sends it to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening degree of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the micro micro speed motor When the micro micro speed motor is powered off, the micro micro speed motor stops rotating.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the moving original sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit and the ECU electronic control unit transmits the information to the ECU electronic control unit after monitoring that the moving original stops moving or after sensing that the mobile end stops moving.
  • the data information is subjected to arithmetic processing, and a control signal is calculated and sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to stop the throttle opening. The power of the motor vehicle is stopped from being adjusted.
  • the foot pedal can be used. To set the foot pedal, you need to set a spring to return the foot pedal to the foot. If you do not use the foot pedal, use a micro-micro motor and manual throttle device. The foot pedal and the moving original should be disengaged. Avoid the spring set by the foot pedal, and move the moving original when the micro-speed motor is powered off.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Or set on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the power switch is set on the steering wheel and can be placed in the middle of the steering wheel. Or set in the direction The hand on the disc holds the position of the steering wheel. This is easy to operate.
  • the power switch is a push button type bidirectional switch. There are two push button bidirectional switches.
  • a switch controls the micro-speed motor to rotate forward.
  • a switch controls the micro-micro speed motor to reverse.
  • the two switches can be set to different colors.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Take the switching power cord.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. To set up a micro micro motor power switch power line channel.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is arranged at a suitable position of the motor vehicle.
  • the displacement sensor is disposed outside the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is connected via a connecting member to a moving original on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • Motor vehicle throttle control device for electronic throttle, uses a motor vehicle manual throttle device to control the throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by setting the moving end of the displacement sensor as a manual switch manual component, and controlling the throttle by controlling the moving end of the sensor, that is, the manual component.
  • the displacement sensor that controls the throttle can be placed directly next to the driver's seat of the motor vehicle cab or on the steering wheel. Set the moving end of the displacement sensor to a manual switch.
  • the movable distance of the displacement end of the displacement sensor and the opening degree of the throttle are set to scale. In this way, the size of the throttle can be controlled directly by controlling the moving distance of the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the displacement sensor will send this information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit will calculate the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a
  • the control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. Increase the power of motor vehicles.
  • the displacement sensor will send this information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit will calculate the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a
  • the control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the laying channel of the displacement sensor data line is a tube device arranged in parallel with the steering wheel frame tube of the motor vehicle.
  • the tube device is a straight tube. Or a curved tube.
  • One end of the tube device is open in the direction of the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the tube device is open beside the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle. That is, the tube device is in the steering wheel holder of the motor vehicle.
  • Steering wheel seat is the steering wheel system of motor vehicles The part of the equipment that is mounted on the steering input shaft and that wraps the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the data line of the displacement sensor is threaded into the end of the tube device in the direction of the motor vehicle accelerator pedal. Before inserting the tube device, or fix the data line of the displacement sensor on a bracket.
  • the bracket is mounted on the vehicle structure.
  • one end of one spring is fixed on the bracket.
  • the other end of the spring is fixed to the data line of the displacement sensor.
  • the data line of the displacement sensor is fixed on the vehicle structure, and one end of the spring is also fixed on the vehicle structure.
  • the other end of the spring is fixed to the data line of the displacement sensor.
  • a metal bag is placed on the data line of the displacement sensor. Then, one end of the spring and the metal wire of the data line covering the displacement sensor are fixed together. For example, a metal piece is placed at the end of the spring. There are holes in the metal piece. There is also a hole in the iron of the data line that surrounds the displacement sensor. This allows the two to be held together by screws.
  • the data line of the displacement sensor between the springs is curved. The data line of the displacement sensor is inserted from the end of the tube device in the direction of the motor vehicle accelerator pedal, and is passed out from the other end of the tube device, that is, the steering input shaft of the motor vehicle steering wheel system.
  • a tube is placed vertically in the middle of the steering wheel and in the plane of the steering wheel.
  • One end of the tube is next to the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system and the other end of the tube is on the steering wheel surface.
  • the data line of the displacement sensor passes through the tube device, it passes through the tube in the middle of the steering wheel to the middle of the steering wheel surface.
  • the data line of the displacement sensor is wound around the steering input shaft of the vehicle steering system when the vehicle turns to a large bend.
  • the spring of the bracket of the data line of the fixed displacement sensor causes the data line of the displacement sensor to retreat from the steering shaft.
  • the displacement sensor is placed on the steering wheel and is placed in the middle of the steering wheel. Or set to the left or right hand side of the steering wheel.
  • the displacement sensor set at hand can make the displacement sensor smaller. It is convenient for the finger to operate the switch, that is, the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the foot pedal can be used at the same time. If the displacement sensor is not placed on the steering wheel, fix the end of one end of the bicycle brake wire directly next to the displacement sensor. Connect the core wire of the bicycle brake wire to the moving end of the displacement sensor. The other end of the bicycle brake line is connected to the accelerator pedal.
  • the bicycle brake line channel must be set.
  • the foot throttle pedal can be used at the same time as the manual throttle device.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle uses the control throttle independently; or it is used in combination with the foot accelerator pedal.
  • the foot throttle pedal is used to control the throttle, and the foot accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle, the mounting component, the moving original on the plate, or the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal can be installed in two ways. One is to place a pipe under the front of the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal. The tube and the support frame are fixed together. The support frame is mounted on the body structure of the motor vehicle. A stick is placed on the front lower portion of the floor type foot pedal. The stick is connected to the front lower portion of the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal. The joint between the stick and the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal is a joint. The floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal can be moved on the stick.
  • the joint on the stick is arranged to be fitted with a hole provided by the upper end of the stick and a hole provided at the front lower portion of the foot accelerator pedal. Insert the stick into the tube.
  • the lower end of the stick is docked with the moving original on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. Or docked with the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • a small pile body is vertically disposed on the structure of the motor vehicle body. There is a horizontal hole at the upper end of the small pile. At the same time, a pair of short strips of the same length are arranged.
  • the short strip is connected to one end of the accelerator pedal by a rotating shaft. This end is facing down and puts the back of the driver's foot.
  • the other end of the short strip is mounted by a spring and the other end of the foot-operated accelerator pedal. With the other end facing up, put the front of the driver's foot.
  • the juxtaposed long strips are sandwiched between the upper ends of the small piles. Align the holes. Then fasten the short strip and the small pile together with screws.
  • the foot accelerator pedal is installed.
  • the spring provided under the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal is used to return the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal to its original position. This foot-operated accelerator pedal can be removed.
  • the screw that fixes the short strip body and the small pile body is removed, and the pin that is installed with the hole at the upper end of the stick and the hole provided at the front lower portion of the foot pedal is removed, and the foot pedal can be removed. It is.
  • the stick placed on the front lower portion of the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal is docked with the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle; or
  • the moving ends of the displacement sensors are butted together; then the moving original on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle or the moving end of the displacement sensor is forced to move.
  • the displacement sensor detects the movement of the moving original and senses the movement of the mobile end, it will send this information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a control.
  • the signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is improved.
  • the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle returns to the original position under the action of the spring.
  • the spring provided under the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal returns the moving end of the displacement sensor to its original position.
  • the displacement sensor detects the movement of the moving original and senses the movement of the mobile end, it will send this information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant.
  • the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a
  • the control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the lower end of the stick is docked together by an intermediate member and a moving original on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the lower end of the stick is butted together by an intermediate member and the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the mounting of the suspended foot-operated accelerator pedal is also available in two ways.
  • One is to place a pipe on the front of the suspended foot pedal.
  • the tube and the support frame are fixed together.
  • the support frame is mounted on the body structure of the motor vehicle.
  • a stick is placed on the front upper portion of the suspended foot pedal.
  • the butt joints of the stick and the hanging foot-operated accelerator pedal are connected together.
  • the docking body is fixed to the lower part of the suspended foot pedal.
  • the docking body extends sticks and sticks together.
  • the stick is inserted into the tube.
  • the upper end of the stick and the manual throttle of the motor vehicle The moving originals on the standby main unit are butted together or docked with the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the other end of the spring is mounted on the bracket.
  • the bracket is fixed to the body of the vehicle. This spring is used to return the suspended foot accelerator pedal to its original position.
  • the stick is directly connected to the docking body of the suspended foot pedal. Or the connection of the wand to the docking body of the suspended foot pedal is active.
  • the foot pedal can be removed from the stick.
  • a small piece is placed on the end of the stick. There are screw holes on the small piece.
  • a small piece of material is also placed on the end of the foot-operated accelerator pedal docking body. There are also some screw holes in the small piece. This allows the foot pedal and the stick to be connected by screws. When the foot pedal is not used, the foot accelerator pedal can be removed from the stick.
  • a bracket is placed on the front of the suspension foot pedal.
  • the bracket is mounted on the body structure of the motor vehicle.
  • the suspended foot-operated accelerator pedal is mounted on the bracket by a rotating shaft on the connecting body.
  • the bracket is provided with a spring-connected and suspended foot-operated accelerator pedal integral connector.
  • the connecting body is connected to the moving original on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle through a connecting member or to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the suspended foot-operated accelerator pedal is mounted directly on the bracket via a rotating shaft on the connecting body. Or the connector is disconnected in the middle.
  • the foot accelerator pedal can be removed from the disconnection.
  • Set a small piece on each end of the break. Set some screw holes on the small piece. This allows the connectors to be joined together at the break in the middle by screws.
  • the foot accelerator pedal can be removed from the disconnection.
  • the connecting parts are not to be used if they are mounted on the bracket.
  • the connecting member is also made active if it is mounted on the side of the pedal.
  • the relevant components of the foot accelerator pedal and the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle are docked together, and the moving original is connected with the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the displacement sensor detects the movement of the moving original, or the displacement sensor senses the information, and the information is sent to the ECU electronic control unit, the ECU instantaneously, the ECU
  • the electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted from other systems, calculates a control signal, and sends it to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening degree of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is improved.
  • the foot pedal is returned to the original position by the spring.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the foot accelerator pedal sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant after the movement is detected.
  • the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate A control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the manual throttle device can be used independently.
  • a motor vehicle manual throttle device main unit and a movable moving original set on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main unit are provided.
  • the manual part is connected to the moving original.
  • the moving original is in turn connected to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the displacement sensor directly on the mounting part.
  • the manual part is directly connected to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • Willing to use the knob type manual throttle device, willing to use the switch plug manual throttle device, or willing to use the lift lever manual throttle device, according to the driver's preference can be changed settings.
  • the foot pedal can be completely removed.
  • the foot accelerator pedal can be installed. Like to use the foot to move the accelerator pedal, use the foot to move the accelerator pedal.
  • the electric-driven manual throttle device it can be used in combination with the foot-operated accelerator pedal.
  • An electric-driven manual throttle device is used when driving at a cruising speed of a motor vehicle. Just do not step on the accelerator pedal. When the motor vehicle is not cruising, you can use the foot pedal. Or the throttle is completely controlled by a computer.
  • Motor vehicle throttle control device for non-electronic traditional throttle, use the motor vehicle manual throttle device to control the throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the cable or the connecting rod of the throttle linkage by manual components. There is no need to set the main throttle device for the motor vehicle. Directly connect the manual components of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle with the cables or tie rods that connect the throttle linkage plates. Use the motor vehicle manual throttle device to control the throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes that the throttle is the end of the power arm that controls the lever through the manual component.
  • the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the vehicle body connected to the cable or the pull rod of the throttle linkage plate or on the device fixed on the vehicle body. Connect the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the cable or tie rod connecting the throttle linkage plate.
  • these installations do not affect the presence of the accelerator pedal.
  • the cable or the connecting rod connecting the throttle linkage plate is connected to a lever structure.
  • the ends of the lever resistance arms are butted together with the cables or tie rods that connect the throttle linkage plates.
  • the fulcrum of the lever is placed on the body of the vehicle adjacent to the cable or the tie rod of the throttle linkage or on the device fixed to the vehicle body.
  • the end of the power arm of the lever is docked with the core of the bicycle brake line.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is fixed to the vehicle body or to a device fixed to the vehicle body. Installation does not affect the presence of equipment related to the accelerator pedal.
  • the cables or tie rods that connect the throttle linkages are spring-loaded so that they return to their original position after losing control of the external force.
  • a motor vehicle manual throttle device to control the throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the cable or the connecting rod of the throttle linkage plate through the manual switch, that is, the power switch of the micro motor.
  • the cable or tie rod connecting the throttle linkage plate and the one rack are butted together.
  • the cable or tie rod connecting the throttle linkage plate can also be butted together by a lever and a rack.
  • the end of the lever resistance arm and the one of the cable or the tie rod connecting the throttle linkage plate are butted together.
  • the fulcrum of the lever is placed on the body of the vehicle adjacent to the cable or the tie rod of the throttle linkage or on the device fixed to the vehicle body.
  • a chute is provided on the vehicle body, or a chute is provided on the device fixed to the vehicle body. Set the rack in the chute. Set up a micro motor.
  • the micromotor is mounted on the vehicle body. Or mounted on a device that is fixed to the vehicle body.
  • a one-way transmission gear is mounted on the shaft of the micromotor.
  • the so-called one-way transmission gear is a driven wheel of a chain transmission such as a bicycle rear wheel. It only has a transfer effect in one direction. If a person steps forward on the bicycle pedal, the bicycle can move forward. Stepping on the bicycle pedal backwards does not drive the bicycle backwards.
  • One-way transmission gear and rack pair mounted on the shaft of a micromotor Pick up.
  • the motor When the motor is energized, the motor drives the gear of the one-way transmission to rotate.
  • the one-way transmission gear drives the rack motion.
  • the cable or the tie rod of the rack-moving rack that is butted and connected to the throttle linkage plate is pulled.
  • the limit of the rack motion is exactly the opening of the throttle when the motor vehicle is traveling at cruising speed.
  • the spring force of the spring is set to return the cable or the lever connecting the throttle linkage plate to the original position. Installation of equipment such as motors does not affect the presence of equipment related to the accelerator pedal.
  • the power switch that controls the micromotor is placed next to the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Take the switching power cord.
  • the power switch that controls the micromotor is placed on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. To set the power line channel, you can pull the power switch power cord of the micro motor.
  • manual throttle devices can be used independently. Willing to use the knob type manual throttle device, willing to use the switch plug manual throttle device, or willing to use the lift lever manual throttle device, according to the driver's preference can be changed settings.
  • the foot pedal can be completely removed. Or the foot accelerator pedal can be installed. Like to use the foot to move the accelerator pedal, use the foot to move the accelerator pedal.
  • the electric-driven manual throttle device it can be used in combination with the foot-operated accelerator pedal.
  • An electric-driven manual throttle device is used when driving at a cruising speed of a motor vehicle. Just do not step on the accelerator pedal. When the motor vehicle is not cruising, you can use the foot pedal.
  • the foot accelerator pedal can control the cable or lever that connects the throttle linkage.
  • the foot pedal is installed or the traditional accelerator pedal is installed. Or the foot throttle pedal is set to be active.
  • the foot pedal can be removed.
  • the connecting body between the foot accelerator pedal and the bracket is arranged to be disconnected from the middle. A small piece is placed on each of the two ends of the disconnection. There are screw holes on the small pieces. This allows the foot pedal and bracket to be connected together by screws.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can be removed from the bracket when the foot pedal is not used.
  • Motor vehicle throttle control device for non-electronic traditional throttle, use the motor vehicle manual throttle device to control the throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle.
  • the manual micro-speed motor controls the micro-spindle to drive the gear to rotate, and the gear drives the rack to move.
  • the rack motion drives the cable or the lever to connect the throttle linkage. There is no need to set the main throttle device for the motor vehicle. Directly connect the manual components of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle with the cables or tie rods that connect the throttle linkage plates.
  • the first step is to design and manufacture a plate. Secure a chute on the plate. A rack is placed in the chute. The rack and the connecting rod or the connecting rod of the throttle linkage plate are butted. The plates are placed in a suitable position on the motor vehicle. As in the general case, when the front and front lower positions of the baffle of the vehicle at the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle are relatively rich, it is convenient to set the plate, and the plate is disposed at the front of the baffle of the vehicle at the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle, Front lower part.
  • Such a motor vehicle is generally provided with an engine at the front of the cab.
  • Such a motor vehicle When the motor vehicle is on the accelerator pedal The front and front lower positions of the vehicle at the baffle are not rich, and the plate can be placed above and above the vehicle at the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle.
  • a motor vehicle generally has an engine that is not disposed at the front of the cab.
  • the micro micro speed motor is mounted on the plate. Or installed next to the plate.
  • the shaft of the rack and the micro-micro speed motor are perpendicular.
  • a gear is mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro speed motor.
  • the gears and racks mounted on the shaft of the micro micro speed motor are butted. Or the gear mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro motor is docked with the rack through a shifting mechanism. That is, a gear and a rack are connected.
  • the set gears are mounted on the plates by mounting brackets.
  • the gears mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro speed motor are in turn connected to the set gears. When the motor is energized, the motor drives the gear to rotate. The gears in turn drive the rack movement.
  • the rack motion drives the cable or lever movement of the throttle linkage.
  • the micro-micro speed motor is controlled by a bidirectional switch. That is, the micro-micro speed motor can be rotated forward or reversed.
  • a restriction mechanism is provided on the plate to limit the upper and lower limits of the rack movement. That is, the upper and lower limits of the movement of the cable or the connecting rod connecting the throttle linkage plate, that is, the maximum and minimum throttle opening degrees are the upper and lower limits of the rack movement.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Or set on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the power switch is set on the steering wheel and can be placed in the middle of the steering wheel. Or set the hand on the steering wheel where the driver holds the steering wheel. This is easy to operate.
  • the power switch is a push button type bidirectional switch. There are two push button bidirectional switches.
  • a switch controls the micro-speed motor to rotate forward.
  • a switch controls the micro-micro speed motor to reverse.
  • the two switches can be set to different colors.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Take the switching power cord.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. To set the power line channel, you can pull the power switch power cable of the micro-micro motor.
  • the cable or the connecting rod connecting the throttle linkage plate is connected by a lever and a rack. That is, the resistance arm of the lever abuts the cable or the tie rod of the throttle linkage plate. The lever's power arm is docked to the rack.
  • the foot throttle pedal can control the movement of the cable or the lever connecting the throttle linkage.
  • the foot pedal can be used.
  • To set the foot pedal you need to set a spring to return the foot pedal to the foot. If you do not use the foot pedal, use a micro-micro motor and manual throttle device.
  • the foot pedal and the cable or lever connecting the throttle linkage plate should be disengaged. Avoid the spring set by the foot pedal, and move the cable or lever connecting the throttle linkage when the micro-speed motor is powered off.
  • the engine has two kinds of idle speed control.
  • One is the throttle bypass type.
  • the throttle When the engine is not stepping on the accelerator pedal, the throttle is closed. When the car starts to idle, the air passes through the bypass. The passage enters the cylinder and the idle speed control valve controls the amount of intake to control the engine's idle speed.
  • the other is the throttle control intake type. In order to keep the engine idling, the throttle will have a certain opening, which is the minimum opening value of the throttle.
  • the invention has the beneficial effects that the motor vehicle throttle control device can eliminate the consequences of the driver accidentally stepping on the throttle and causing the car to be destroyed.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view showing how the displacement sensor, the moving original, the bicycle brake line, and the spring are disposed when the displacement sensor is disposed outside the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle in the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a side elevational cross-sectional view showing a convex body in which a moving original is mounted on a main component of a manual throttle device of a motor vehicle, that is, a rectangular parallelepiped shape, in the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG 3 is a schematic view showing how the displacement sensor, the moving original, the bicycle brake line, and the spring are disposed when the displacement sensor is disposed on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic view showing the displacement sensor mounted on the mounting member when the moving end of the displacement sensor is directly connected to the manual component according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 5 is a schematic view showing the installation of the floor type foot moving accelerator pedal in the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 6 is a cross-sectional view showing the arrangement of a bicycle brake wire and the like in a steering wheel holder in the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the convex body, the ring structure, and the curved piece structure of the lower shaft portion of the knob of the knob type manual component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic top plan view showing the arrangement of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle with respect to the switch plug on the steering wheel in the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 9 is a front elevational view showing the switch plug provided on the steering wheel from the outside of the steering wheel or from the direction of the steering wheel in the eighth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 10 is a side elevational view showing the setting of the switch plug in the space on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle manual throttle device in the tenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic view of a manual throttle device for a lift-type motor vehicle according to a ninth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic view of a manual throttle device for an electric motor vehicle according to the tenth and twelfth embodiments of the present invention.
  • Figure 13 is a schematic view showing the displacement sensor disposed on the steering wheel in the fifteenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic view of a lever for use on a non-electronic conventional throttle in the seventeenth, nineteenth, and twentyth embodiments of the present invention.
  • Figure 15 is a side elevational view of the base of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle according to the first to tenth embodiments of the present invention. Figure.
  • Figure 16 is a bottom perspective view of the manual component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle according to the first to tenth embodiments of the present invention.
  • Figure 17 is a front elevational view showing the manual components of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle according to the first to tenth embodiments of the present invention.
  • Figure 18 is a front elevational view showing the manual components of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle according to the first to tenth embodiments of the present invention.
  • Figure 19 is a schematic view showing the structure of the manual component lever of the manual throttle device for a motor vehicle according to the second, fourth, sixth, eighth and tenth embodiments of the present invention.
  • Figure 20 is a front elevational view showing the base of the manual component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle according to the first to tenth embodiments of the present invention.
  • Figure 21 is a front elevational view of the apparatus for mounting a lever of a base of a manual component of a manual throttle device of a motor vehicle according to the first to tenth embodiments of the present invention.
  • a displacement sensor installed outside the main part of the manual throttle device of a motor vehicle. Some displacement sensors are mounted on the main components of the manual throttle device for motor vehicles. 2. The mobile terminal on the displacement sensor. 3. The moving original on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. 2, 3, sometimes moving the original and the moving end of the displacement sensor is integrated. 4. A spring that moves the original or resets the displacement end of the displacement sensor integrated with the moving original. 5. The installation of the spring on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. 6, bicycle brake line. 7. The end of the bicycle brake line jacket mounted on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. 8. A core wire of a bicycle brake wire mounted on a moving original or mounted on a moving end of a displacement sensor integrated with the moving original.
  • Motor vehicle body structure 17.
  • the juxtaposed long strips are sandwiched between the upper ends of the small piles. Align the holes. If the screw is passed through the hole and the nut is attached, the short strip body and the small pile body can be fixed together. 19.
  • the pipe provided on the front lower part of the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal.
  • 24. A stick provided on the front lower portion of the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal.
  • the axis of the knob of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle manual throttle device 33.
  • the lower part of the shaft of the knob has the same convex body as the corner of the pentagram.
  • the curved piece structure of the convex body one by one around the lower part of the shaft of the knob, such as the corner of the pentagram.
  • a ring structure of convex and curved structures one after another around the lower part of the shaft of the knob, such as the corner of a five-pointed star.
  • the wire disposed above the left and right sides of the first control throttle switch plug is connected to the wire disposed above the left and right sides of the first switch plug that controls the throttle. 45. Place the wire on the left and right sides of the switch plug that is the first to control the throttle, and the thin tube that is connected to the wire on the left and right sides of the switch plug that controls the throttle.
  • Each frame strip is composed of two sides that are perpendicular to each other.
  • the switch plug is toward the center of the steering wheel. 49.
  • the switch plug is toward one end of the steering wheel. 50.
  • the first wire on the left and right sides of the switch plug that controls the throttle. 51. Place the wire on the left and right sides of the switch plug that is the first to control the throttle, and the thin tube that is connected to the wire on the left and right sides of the switch plug that controls the throttle.
  • 52. The upper wall of the slightly protruding hole at the mouth of the hole in the direction of the center of the steering wheel.
  • 53. The upper wall of the hole in which the switch plug for controlling the throttle valve and the switch plug of the control throttle valve are extended protrudes from the hole and is thickened.
  • the lower wall of the hole in which the switch plug of the control throttle and the switch plug of the control throttle are located protrudes from the hole and is thickened.
  • a fixing bracket provided beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab.
  • 56. A lifting frame on the fixed frame that is perpendicular to the steering wheel surface of the motor vehicle.
  • 57. A small ring on the ring frame.
  • 58. Lifting the rod.
  • 59. Raise the ring around the steering wheel.
  • 60. A small hole in the lower end of the lifting rod.
  • 61. The end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake line that is fixed to the bail frame. 62. The core wire of the bicycle brake line.
  • a base of a manual component lever or a lever mounting structure for a manual throttle device of a motor vehicle 74. Install a motor vehicle hand A device that moves a throttle device with a manual part lever or lever.
  • Embodiment 1 A motor vehicle throttle control device uses a manual throttle device of a motor vehicle to control a throttle for an electronic throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the movement of the moving parts by manual components.
  • the first is to design and manufacture a main component of a manual throttle device for motor vehicles. See Figure 1.
  • a movable moving original 3 is provided on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11.
  • the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11 has a restriction facility to limit the moving original 3.
  • the moving original can only be moved on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main part.
  • a spring 4 is provided on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11. When the external force for controlling the moving original 3 is removed, the spring 4 can return the moving original 3 to the original position.
  • the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11 is formed in a rectangular shape.
  • the moving original 3 is set to a square bar shape.
  • a thin rectangular slit 10 is provided on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11.
  • the thin rectangular slit 10 is parallel to the two sides of the rectangular parallelepiped shape.
  • a screw hole is provided at an intermediate position between both ends of the moving original 3.
  • One side of the convex body is perpendicular to the other side.
  • One end of one side 12 is at the middle of the other side 13.
  • a screw hole 14 is provided from the top end of the vertical 12 in the middle of the "convex" to the center of the lower side 13.
  • the moving original 3 is made perpendicular to the slit 10 of the rectangle. And the screw hole on the moving original 3 is opposed to the rectangular slit 10. Then, from the other side of the cuboid shape, the screw hole 14 on the vertical 12 on the "convex" is opposed to the screw hole on the original member 3.
  • the convex body and the moving original 3 are fixed together by a screw, and the moving original 3 is mounted on the rectangular parallelepiped shape. That is, it is installed on the main throttle 11 of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the moving original 3 can only move on the rectangular shape. That is, it can only be moved on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11.
  • the moving original 3 On the cuboid shape, the moving original 3 is on the same side, and a spring 4 parallel to the slit is provided on each side of the slit 10. Both springs 4 are perpendicular to the moving original 3. One ends of the two springs 4 are respectively fixed to both ends of the moving original 3. The other ends of the two springs are fixed to the rectangular parallelepiped shape.
  • the displacement sensor 1 is disposed outside the motor vehicle manual throttle device main body 11.
  • the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1 is connected to the moving original 3 via a connecting member 9.
  • the change in the position of the moving original 3 can cause the position of the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1 to change.
  • the displacement sensor 1 will sense The signal is sent to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously.
  • the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted from other systems, calculates a control signal, and sends it to the servo motor relay through the line.
  • the servo motor drives the throttle actuator. Adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11 is provided with a spring 4 to return the moving original 3 to its original position after the external force is removed. Controlling the movement of the moving original 3 is the manual device of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle uses the control throttle independently; or it is used in combination with the foot accelerator pedal.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can also control the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11 is disposed at a suitable position of the motor vehicle. Under normal circumstances, when the front and front lower parts of the baffle of the vehicle at the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle are relatively rich, it is convenient to set the main throttle device of the motor vehicle to set the main throttle device of the motor vehicle to the motor vehicle.
  • Such a motor vehicle is generally provided with an engine at the front of the cab.
  • the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member may be disposed above and above the vehicle at the motor vehicle accelerator pedal.
  • Such a motor vehicle generally has an engine that is not disposed at the front of the cab. Such as vans, buss, buses.
  • the manual part at the other end of the bicycle brake line is placed on the steering wheel.
  • a tube device 26 is disposed in parallel with the motor vehicle steering wheel tray tube 27. See Figure 6.
  • the tube device 26 is a straight tube. Or a curved tube.
  • the tube device 26 is open at one end in the direction of the throttle pedal of the motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the tube device is open beside the steering input shaft 29 of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle. That is, the tube device 26 is in the steering wheel mount of the motor vehicle.
  • the steering wheel mount is the portion of the motor vehicle steering wheel system that is mounted on the steering input shaft 29 and that wraps the motor vehicle steering wheel tube 27 and the like.
  • the other end of the bicycle brake wire 6 is threaded from one end of the pipe device 26 in the direction of the motor vehicle throttle pedal.
  • the bicycle brake wire 6 is fixed to a bracket before the pipe device 26 is inserted.
  • the bracket is mounted on the vehicle structure.
  • the fixing cannot make the core wire of the bicycle brake wire unable to be pulled flexibly.
  • one end of one spring is fixed on the bracket.
  • the other end of the spring is fixed to the outer sleeve of the bicycle brake line.
  • the jacket of the bicycle brake wire pack can be made of metal.
  • a metal piece is placed at the end of the spring.
  • the bicycle brake line between the springs is curved.
  • the bicycle brake wire is threaded from the end of the pipe device in the direction of the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle, and is passed out from the other end of the pipe device, that is, the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle.
  • a tube 28 is vertically disposed in the middle of the steering wheel 31 and the plane of the steering wheel. One end of the tube 28 is in the steering wheel system Next to the steering input shaft 29, the other end of the tube 28 is on the steering wheel surface. See Figure 6.
  • the bicycle brake wire 6 is worn out from the tube 28, the bicycle brake wire is placed on the steering wheel, or the outer end of the bicycle brake wire is directly fixed, and the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is docked with the manual component. Or first fix the bicycle brake line on the steering wheel and take it to the manual part and then connect it with the manual part. In this way, the bicycle brake line will be wound around the steering input shaft of the vehicle steering system when the vehicle turns to a large bend. After the vehicle has passed the bend, the spring provided on the bracket of the fixed bicycle brake line will cause the bicycle brake line to retreat from the steering shaft.
  • the end of the jacket at one end of the bicycle brake wire is mounted on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. See Figure 1.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a hole into which the screw can be screwed. Set a screw hole in the corresponding position on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the end of the jacket at one end of the bicycle brake line can be screwed onto the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the core wire 8 of the bicycle brake wire 6 is fixed to the moving original 3 of the manual throttle device main member 11 of the motor vehicle. See Figure 1.
  • a motorized manual throttle device knob type manual component is provided next to the driver's seat of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the other end of the bicycle brake line is mounted on a knob-type manual part.
  • the knob type manual part has a knob.
  • the outer jacket of the bicycle brake line is mounted on a fixed facility of the knob type manual component. Or it can be installed on the equipment of the vehicle next to the knob type manual part.
  • the brake wire core at the other end of the bicycle brake wire is wound around the knob of the knob type manual part.
  • the friction between the shaft of this knob and the part of the knob-type manual part fixing knob is very large, and it is rotated by a person turning it by hand.
  • Parts such as the shaft of the knob and the fixed knob are made of rubber or soft plastic.
  • the friction between the shaft of the knob and the components of the fixed knob is large.
  • the lower portion of the shaft 32 of the knob has a convex body 33 one by one at the same angle as the five-pointed star.
  • a curved structure 34 is formed in the ring structure 35 in one week.
  • the curved piece structure 34 is fixed in the ring structure 35 for one week.
  • the convex portion of the curved piece structure 34 is opposed to the neutral portion between the convex portions 33 of the lower portion of the shaft of the knob, such as the angle of the pentagonal star. If the knob is turned, when the convex portion 33 of the lower portion of the shaft, such as the corner of the five-pointed star, faces the convex portion of the curved piece structure 34, since the curved piece structure 34 is elastic, the lower part of the rotating shaft is like a five-pointed star.
  • the horns 33 one by one, can smoothly pass through the convex portion of the curved structure 34. See Figure 7.
  • the core 8 of the bicycle brake wire 6 is mounted on one end of the moving original 3 on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11, and the moving original 3 is moved.
  • the core wire 8 of the bicycle brake wire 6 is mounted on the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1, and the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1 is moved.
  • the brake wire wound around the knob is released.
  • the moving original 3 on the manual throttle device main member 11 of the motor vehicle or the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1 returns to the original position by the set spring 4.
  • the displacement sensor 1 sends the sensed information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems, calculates a control signal, and sends it to the servo motor relay through the line.
  • the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • knob rotation of the manual part knob is set to the scale. Let people know the extent to which the throttle is open and closed.
  • the bicycle brake line uses the existing bicycle brake line. Or make a bicycle brake line yourself. This kind of bicycle brake line made by itself, the core wire is very loose in the jacket. It is very easy to move around in the jacket.
  • the engine has two kinds of idle speed control.
  • One is the throttle bypass type.
  • the throttle When the engine is not stepping on the accelerator pedal, the throttle is closed. When the car starts to idle, the air passes through the bypass. The passage enters the cylinder and the idle speed control valve controls the amount of intake to control the engine's idle speed.
  • the other is the throttle control intake type. In order to keep the engine idling, the throttle will have a certain opening, which is the minimum opening value of the throttle.
  • the foot throttle is used on the basis of the manual throttle device.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the moving original on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal can be installed in two ways. See Figure 5. One is to provide a tube 22 in front of the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal. The tube 22 and the support frame 23 are fixed together. The support frame 23 is mounted on the motor vehicle body structure 16. A stick 24 is provided at the front lower portion of the floor type foot pedal. The stick 24 is joined to the front lower portion of the floor type foot accelerator pedal. The joint of the stick 24 with the front lower portion of the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal is a joint 25. The floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal can be moved on the stick.
  • the joint on the stick is arranged to be fitted with a hole provided by the upper end of the stick and a hole provided at the front lower portion of the foot accelerator pedal.
  • the stick 24 is inserted into the tube 22.
  • the lower end of the stick 24 is docked with the moving original on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device. Or docked with the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • a small pile body 17 is vertically disposed on the structure of the motor vehicle body.
  • the upper end of the small pile body 17 has a horizontal hole 18.
  • the short strip body 19 has a horizontal hole in the middle.
  • One end of the short strip body 19 is coupled to one end of the foot moving accelerator pedal 20 via a rotating shaft. This end is facing down and puts the back of the driver's foot.
  • the other end of the short strip body 19 is mounted by a spring 21 and the other end of the foot moving accelerator pedal 20. With the other end facing up, put the front of the driver's foot.
  • the juxtaposed long strips 19 are sandwiched between the upper ends of the small piles 17. Align the holes.
  • the short strip 19 and the small pile 17 are then fixed together by screws.
  • the foot accelerator pedal is installed.
  • Ground A spring 21 disposed under the pedal-operated accelerator pedal is used to return the floor-type foot-operated accelerator pedal to its original position.
  • This foot-operated accelerator pedal can be removed.
  • the screw that fixes the short strip body and the small pile body is removed, and the pin that is installed with the hole at the upper end of the stick and the hole provided at the front lower portion of the foot pedal is removed, and the foot pedal can be removed. It is.
  • the lower end of the wand 24 is butted together by an intermediate member and a moving original on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the lower end of the stick 24 is butted together by an intermediate member and the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the mounting of the suspended foot-operated accelerator pedal is also available in two ways.
  • One is to place a pipe on the front of the suspended foot pedal.
  • the tube and the support frame are fixed together.
  • the support frame is mounted on the body structure of the motor vehicle.
  • a stick is placed on the front upper portion of the suspended foot pedal.
  • the butt joints of the stick and the hanging foot-operated accelerator pedal are connected together.
  • the docking body is fixed to the lower part of the suspended foot pedal.
  • the docking body extends sticks and sticks together.
  • the stick is inserted into the tube.
  • the upper end of the stick is docked with the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle or docked with the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the other end of the spring is mounted on the bracket.
  • the bracket is fixed to the body of the vehicle. This spring is used to return the suspended foot accelerator pedal to its original position.
  • the stick is directly connected to the docking body of the suspended foot pedal. Or the connection of the wand to the docking body of the suspended foot pedal is active.
  • the foot pedal can be removed from the stick.
  • a small piece is placed on the end of the stick. There are screw holes on the small piece.
  • a small piece of material is also placed on the end of the foot-operated accelerator pedal docking body. There are also some screw holes in the small piece. This allows the foot pedal and the stick to be connected by screws. When the foot pedal is not used, the foot accelerator pedal can be removed from the stick.
  • a bracket is placed on the front of the suspension foot pedal.
  • the bracket is mounted on the body structure of the motor vehicle.
  • the suspended foot-operated accelerator pedal is mounted on the bracket by a rotating shaft on the connecting body.
  • the bracket is provided with a spring-connected and suspended foot-operated accelerator pedal integral connector.
  • the connecting body is connected to the moving original on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle through a connecting member or to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the suspended foot-operated accelerator pedal is mounted directly on the bracket via a rotating shaft on the connecting body. Or the connector is disconnected in the middle.
  • the foot accelerator pedal can be removed from the disconnection.
  • Set a small piece on each end of the break. Set some screw holes on the small piece. This allows the connectors to be joined together at the break in the middle by screws.
  • the foot accelerator pedal can be removed from the disconnection.
  • the connecting parts are not to be used if they are mounted on the bracket.
  • the connecting member is also made active if it is mounted on the side of the pedal.
  • the displacement sensor detects the movement of the moving original, or the displacement sensor senses the information, and sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems, and calculates Out of a control
  • the signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is improved.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the foot accelerator pedal sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant after the movement is detected.
  • the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate A control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the manual throttle device can be used independently.
  • a motor vehicle manual throttle device main unit and a movable moving original set on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main unit are provided.
  • the manual part is connected to the moving original.
  • the moving original is in turn connected to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • a manual throttle device with a manual throttle device like to use the foot to move the accelerator pedal, use the foot to move the accelerator pedal.
  • Embodiment 2 On the basis of Embodiment 1, the throttle is controlled by a manual throttle device of a motor vehicle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the movement of the moving parts by manual components.
  • the displacement sensor is disposed above the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. See Figure 3.
  • the moving original 3 of the main throttle device of the motor vehicle and the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor are integrated.
  • the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor is the moving original 3.
  • the displacement sensor is placed on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the movable original and the movable brush of the potentiometer type displacement sensor are integrated.
  • the displacement of the moving original causes a change in the resistance of the moving end of the potentiometer.
  • the amount of change in the resistance reflects the magnitude of the displacement, and the increase or decrease in the resistance indicates the direction of the displacement.
  • the displacement sensor then converts the physical quantity of the moving original into a power output. After the ECU electronic control unit obtains the relevant information, the actuator is adjusted by the actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle to adjust the power of the motor vehicle.
  • the foot throttle pedal For the electronic throttle, use the foot throttle pedal to control the throttle based on the manual throttle device control throttle.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the moving original on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. See Figure 3.
  • the throttle control device for the motor vehicle uses the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle to control the throttle for the electronic throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by moving the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1 by the manual component.
  • the manual member is directly connected to the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the moving original on the mounting member;
  • Embodiment 4 On the basis of the first embodiment, the second embodiment, and the third embodiment, for the electronic throttle, the throttle is controlled by the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by moving the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1 by the manual component.
  • Design and manufacture a mounting component. Install the displacement sensor directly on the mounting part.
  • the jacket end 7 of the bicycle brake wire 6 is mounted on the mounting member 15. If a hole is provided in the outer end 7 of the bicycle brake wire 6, a screw hole is provided on the mounting member 15, and the outer end 7 of the outer casing is screwed.
  • the manual wire, that is, the core wire 8 of the bicycle brake wire 6 is directly connected to the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1.
  • the other end of the bicycle brake line, the manual part, is installed next to the cab driver's seat. Or mounted on the steering wheel. Place a manual plug on the other end of the bicycle brake line.
  • a manual plug is a plug in a tube.
  • the friction between the plug and the tube is large, and it is necessary for the person to move the plug by hand.
  • the plug and the tube are made of rubber or soft plastic. This will cause a lot of friction between the plug and the tube.
  • One end of the plug is connected to the core wire of the bicycle brake line.
  • the other end of the stopper is a manual handle. The driver pulls the manual handle on the plug or pushes the manual handle on the plug by hand; the plug drives the core wire of the bicycle brake line to move.
  • the movement of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire causes the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1 connected to the other end of the bicycle brake wire to move.
  • the displacement sensor After the position of the moving end of the displacement sensor changes, the displacement sensor sends the sensed signal to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously.
  • the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a control signal.
  • the line is sent to the servo motor relay, which drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the manual plug on the other end of the manual component bicycle brake line is placed on the steering wheel.
  • the mounting member 15 on which the displacement sensor 1 is mounted is disposed at a suitable position of the motor vehicle.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the moving original on the motor vehicle's mounting components; the manual plug does not require the foot to move the accelerator pedal.
  • the accelerator pedal can be used to control the throttle.
  • the foot moving accelerator pedal is directly connected to the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1.
  • a spring is provided at both the foot accelerator pedal and the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1. The spring 4 enables the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1 to return to its original position.
  • Embodiment 5 On the basis of the foregoing embodiment, the end of the one end of the bicycle brake wire is mounted on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a hole into which the screw can be screwed.
  • a screw hole capable of screwing is provided on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the outer casing of the bicycle brake line can be mounted on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle with screws.
  • the core wire 8 of the bicycle brake wire 6 is fixed to the moving original 3 of the manual throttle device main member 11 of the motor vehicle. See Figure 1.
  • the core wire 8 of the bicycle brake wire 6 is fixed to the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1.
  • the core wire 8 of the bicycle brake wire 6 is fixed to the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1.
  • a tube device 26 is disposed in parallel with the motor vehicle steering wheel tray tube 27.
  • the tube device 26 is a straight tube. Or a curved tube. Tube device 26 is open at one end The mouth is in the direction of the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the tube device 26 is open adjacent to the steering input shaft 29 of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle. That is, the tube device 26 is in the steering wheel mount of the motor vehicle.
  • the steering wheel mount is the portion of the motor vehicle steering wheel system that is mounted on the steering input shaft 29 and that wraps the motor vehicle steering wheel tube 27 and the like.
  • the other end of the bicycle brake wire 6 is inserted from one end of the pipe device 26 in the direction of the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member.
  • the bicycle brake wire 6 can be fixed to a bracket.
  • the bracket is mounted on the vehicle structure.
  • the fixing cannot make the core wire of the bicycle brake wire unable to be pulled flexibly.
  • one end of one spring is fixed on the bracket.
  • the other end of the spring is fixed to the outer sleeve of the bicycle brake line.
  • the jacket of the bicycle brake wire pack can be made of metal. Then attach one end of the spring to the iron that covers the outer casing of the bicycle brake line.
  • a metal piece is placed at the end of the spring. There are holes in the metal piece. There is also a hole in the iron that covers the bicycle brake line jacket. This allows the two to be held together by screws.
  • the bicycle brake line between the springs is curved.
  • the bicycle brake wire is threaded from the other end of the pipe device 26, that is, the steering input shaft 29 of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle, from the end of the pipe device 26 in the direction of the main throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • a tube 28 is placed vertically in the middle of the steering wheel and in the plane of the steering wheel. One end of the tube is next to the steering input shaft 29 of the steering wheel system and the other end of the tube is on the steering wheel surface.
  • the bicycle brake wire is passed out of the pipe device 26, it passes through the tube 28 in the middle of the steering wheel to the middle of the steering wheel surface. See Figure 6.
  • the bicycle brake line is wound around the steering input shaft 29 of the vehicle steering system when the vehicle turns to a large bend.
  • the spring provided on the bracket of the fixed bicycle brake line 6 causes the bicycle brake line 6 to retreat from the steering shaft 29.
  • a tube 36 is provided from the middle of the steering wheel 31 to the circumference of the steering wheel. See Figure 8.
  • the lower portion of the horizontal center axis of the tube 36 and the steering wheel 31 are disposed together.
  • the upper portion of the horizontal center axis of the tube 36 is movable. It can be placed on the lower portion of the horizontal central axis of the tubular 36 by screws.
  • a bicycle brake wire 6 passing through the tube 28 in the middle of the steering wheel 31 is placed in the tubular member 36.
  • the outer casing of the bicycle brake line is secured to the lower portion of the horizontal centerline of the tubular member 36.
  • the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is mounted there.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a hole into which the screw can be screwed.
  • the horizontal central axis of the junction of the tubular and the circumference of the steering wheel is also provided as a screw hole into which the screw can be screwed. This enables the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire to be screwed at the horizontal center axis of the joint at the circumference of the tubular and steering wheel.
  • the ribbon 40 is a strap. It is harder than cloth and won't roll together. But it is not hard and can be folded.
  • the ribbon 40 can be made of a cloth or a chemical fiber raw material.
  • the installation of the core wire 39 of the bicycle brake wire on the belt 40 may be such that the core wire 39 of the bicycle brake wire is passed through a hole provided at an intermediate position of one of the wide sides of the belt 40, and then the bicycle brake wire is The end of the core wire 39 and the bicycle brake wire core are folded back together, and the end portion of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the portion of the bicycle brake wire core are folded together by a metal sheet, and then the bag is mechanically folded. The iron that gets up is pressed. The end of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the brake wire of the bicycle are not loosened. It's like using a baler to press the iron sheets that are wrapped around the knots so that they don't come loose.
  • the hole provided at the intermediate position of one of the wide sides of the strip 40 has a metal pocket.
  • the so-called metal bag is the metal bag that is commonly used for the holes provided in the cloth and chemical fiber bags. This makes the holes strong. The fabric and chemical fiber at the hole at the back of the hole are not loosened, and the hole is getting bigger and bigger.
  • the ribbon 40 is placed in a lumen disposed on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the ribbon 40 must be placed upright in the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the so-called standing is that the side of the strip 40 is perpendicular to the horizontal plane.
  • the long side of the strip 40 is parallel to the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the ribbon 40 is mounted on the other side of the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the method of installation is to provide a hole as in the middle of the other end of the strip 40.
  • the hole is set to a metal mouth.
  • the other end of the ribbon 40 is then screwed at the screw hole provided on the other side of the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • the installation of the belt 40 in the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle requires that the belt 40 be fully extended, the core wire of the bicycle brake line is driven by the belt, and the core of the bicycle brake line is driven by the motive.
  • the moving original 3 provided on the vehicle manual throttle device main member 11 is moved so that the spring 4 provided on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11 is compressed to the limit, the moving original member 3 is moved to the limit, and the motor vehicle throttle is increased to the limit.
  • the ribbon 40 is not attached to the side of the steering wheel disposed on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle. But there can be no big gaps.
  • a plurality of cells are disposed in the lumen of the steering wheel 31 in the direction of the center of the steering wheel.
  • the cells are all oriented towards the center of the steering wheel.
  • the cells between the cells are next door.
  • the partition between the cells is perpendicular to the circumferential axis of the steering wheel.
  • the upper and lower sides of the hole are the upper wall of the hole and the lower wall of the hole.
  • the size of the cell opening 42 in the direction of the center of the steering wheel and the size of the cell opening 41 in the direction of the outer disk of the cell are smaller than the size of the inside of the cell.
  • a switch plug 43 is placed in each of the cells.
  • the switch plug 43 is composed of a frame and an elastic body 46 mounted in the frame.
  • the frame of the switch plug 43 is composed of twelve frame strips.
  • the upper and lower frame strips in the direction of the center of the steering wheel 31 in the frame, and the upper and lower frame strips in the direction of the frame outside the steering wheel are straight or curved.
  • the rest of the frame strips are straight.
  • Each of the frame strips is composed of two sides that are perpendicular to each other 47.
  • An ear piece is provided on the frame strip. There are screw holes in the ear piece. There are also screw holes in the corresponding positions on the frame strip.
  • the frame strips can be assembled into a frame by means of screws.
  • the female corners of the frame strip assembled into a frame are all outward with respect to the center of the frame.
  • the elastic object installed in the frame is a piece of elastic object.
  • a single piece of elastic body is made of rubber or soft plastic.
  • the six faces of a single piece of elastic object are all convex from the frame.
  • the left and right sides of the partition wall between the contact holes of the six faces of a single piece of elastic material protruding from the frame, and the upper and lower faces of the contact cell, the upper and lower faces of the lower wall of the cell are all flat.
  • One side of the six faces of a single piece of elastic body that faces the direction of the outer disk is a plane or a slightly curved plane.
  • the shape of the wall of the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle corresponding to one side of the six faces of the one piece of the elastic body facing the direction of the steering wheel coincides.
  • one side of the six faces of a single elastic object facing the direction of the steering wheel and the corresponding steering wheel of the motor vehicle The walls of the lumens that are placed on the circumference are attached to each other without a gap.
  • the shape of the middle of one side of the six faces of the entire elastic body toward the center of the steering wheel is convenient for pressing by a human finger. That is, the shape is flat or approximately flat. There is a sense of comfort when the human finger is pressed.
  • the size of the frame of the switch plug 43 from the outside of the steering wheel to the center of the frame in the direction of the steering wheel is smaller than the size of one of the cells outside the steering wheel to the center of the steering wheel in the direction of the steering wheel. The switch plug 43 can then be moved in the cell from the outside of the steering wheel to the center of the steering wheel.
  • the elastic object installed in the frame of the switch plug 43 is not a single elastic object.
  • the elastic object is mounted on a hard object, that is, on the left and right sides of the partition wall between the contact cells of the switch plug, and on the upper wall of the contact hole and the upper and lower surfaces of the lower wall of the cell.
  • the purpose is to make the friction between the upper wall of the hole and the lower wall of the hole contact with the partition wall between the switch plug 43 and the cell, and the friction between them is large, and the force is required to move the switch plug 43.
  • the elastic body mounted in the frame of the switch plug 43 is removed from the other five sides of the side facing the center of the steering wheel.
  • the purpose is to make the friction between the upper wall of the switch and the lower wall of the cell contact after the partition between the switch plug and the cell is brought into contact with each other, and the friction between them is large, and the force is required to move the switch plug 43.
  • the side of the switch plug 43 facing the center of the steering wheel is separately mounted.
  • the shape of this face is easy for a person's finger to press. That is, the shape is flat or approximately flat. There is a sense of comfort when the human finger is pressed.
  • This face is not an elastic object. It is screwed onto the frame strip of the frame of the switch plug 43 toward the center of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle.
  • a plurality of switch plugs 43 provided in the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel 31 of the motor vehicle are all moved to the direction away from the steering wheel.
  • the plurality of switch plugs 43 toward the outside of the steering wheel 31 collectively push the belt 40 installed in the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel of the motor vehicle to extend completely.
  • the belt 40 drives the bicycle brake line.
  • the core wire moves, and the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is moved with the moving original 3 provided on the main throttle device 11 of the vehicle, so that the spring 4 provided on the main throttle device 11 of the motor vehicle is compressed to the limit and the original is moved.
  • 3 Move to the limit the throttle of the motor vehicle is increased to the limit.
  • the ribbon is not attached to the side of the casing provided on the circumference of the steering wheel 31 of the motor vehicle, which is located outside the steering wheel.
  • the gap between them is not too big. If a plurality of switch plugs 43 are partially moved to the outer direction of the steering wheel 31. Then, the spring 4 provided on the main throttle 11 of the motor vehicle is partially compressed, and the distance of the moving part of the original 3 is increased, and the throttle of the motor vehicle is partially enlarged. This makes it possible to control the throttle of the motor vehicle. By manually moving the several switch plugs 43 to the outside of the steering wheel 31, the opening of the throttle can be controlled to the desired scale.
  • the lumen of the throttle and the switch plug 43 provided on the circumference of the steering wheel 31 of the motor vehicle are disposed on the left or right of the steering wheel.
  • the same structure of the lumen and the switch plug are disposed in the opposite direction of the lumen of the control throttle provided on the steering wheel 31 and the steering wheel of the switch plug 43. But do not control the throttle. It only plays a role in controlling the throttle. In the opposite direction, if the throttle chamber and the switch plug 43 for controlling the throttle are disposed to the left of the steering wheel; Then the lumen and the switch plug that cooperate with the control throttle are placed on the right side of the steering wheel.
  • the lumen of the control throttle and the switch plug 43 are disposed to the right of the steering wheel; then the lumen and the switch plug that cooperate with the control throttle are disposed to the left of the steering wheel.
  • Wires are provided at four corners of the frame of each of the switch plugs 43 toward the center of the steering wheel. The wire is to pass through the wall of the hole 42 in the direction of the center of the steering wheel through the hole of the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel. It has been previously stated that the size of the aperture opening 42 is smaller than the size of the interior of the aperture. That is to say, there is a hole in the mouth of the hole.
  • the wire disposed on the upper left side of the first control throttle opening 43 of the throttle must be connected to the wire provided on the upper left side of the first switching plug of the control throttle.
  • the switch plug 43 for controlling the throttle is completely moved outside the steering wheel 31, and the switch plug that cooperates with the control throttle is completely moved to the center of the steering wheel 31, the wire is completely extended.
  • the wire disposed on the upper right side of the first control throttle valve plug 43 must be connected to the wire provided on the upper right side of the first switch plug that cooperates with the control throttle.
  • the wire provided on the lower left side of the first control plug 43 of the throttle must be connected to the wire provided on the lower left side of the first switch plug that cooperates with the control throttle.
  • the wire disposed on the lower right side of the first control plug 43 of the throttle must be connected to the wire provided on the lower right side of the first switch plug that cooperates with the control throttle.
  • the second, third, and even the wires on the switch plugs 43 that control the throttle are connected to the second, third, or even a plurality of wires on the switch plugs that cooperate with the throttle.
  • the size of the aperture opening 42 in the direction of the center of the steering wheel by the cells of the lumen provided on the circumference of the steering wheel 31 is smaller than the size of the interior of the aperture.
  • the upper wall 52 of the aperture at the aperture opening 42 of the aperture in the direction of the center of the steering wheel extends slightly beyond the aperture opening.
  • the lower wall of the cell at the cell opening 42 of the cell opposite the center of the steering wheel 31 is projected out of the cell opening.
  • a thin tube for providing a wire is placed on the upper wall of the protruding cell and on the lower wall of the protruding cell.
  • the switch plug 43 for controlling the throttle is located on the upper wall of the extended hole and the lower wall of the extended hole, and the switch plug of the control throttle is located on the upper wall of the extended hole and the lower wall of the extended hole , set the same thin tube for setting the wire.
  • the wire disposed on the upper left side and the right side of the first control throttle opening 43 is connected to the upper left and right wires of the switch plug of the first control throttle, and is disposed on the extended hole.
  • a thin tube 45 is provided on the wall. This thin tube 45 is disposed on the disc of the motor vehicle steering wheel 31.
  • the thin tube 45 is on the upper wall of the cell extending from the cell in which the first control throttle switch plug 43 is located, until the first upper wall of the cell in which the first control valve of the control throttle is located extends. Is a whole.
  • the wire disposed on the lower left and right sides of the first control throttle switch plug 43 is connected to the wire disposed below the left and right sides of the first control throttle switch, and is disposed under the extended hole.
  • This thin tube is placed on the disc of the motor vehicle steering wheel 31.
  • the thin tube is on the lower wall of the hole extending from the hole of the first control throttle switch plug 43 until the first lower wall of the hole in which the first switch valve of the control throttle is located is a lower wall. overall.
  • the second, third, and even the control plugs on the plurality of throttles and the wires on the switch plugs that control the throttle are arranged as such.
  • the throttle opening of the control throttle by moving the finger to the outside of the steering wheel can increase the throttle.
  • the switch plug of the control throttle is moved to the direction of the steering wheel, and the switch plug 43 of the control throttle can be moved to the center of the steering wheel by the wire to return the switch plug 43 of the control throttle to the original position.
  • the throttle is made smaller again. By doing so, it is possible to control the throttle to be made larger and the throttle to be smaller. This realizes that the throttle is manually moved by the foot. See Figure 8, Figure 9, and Figure 10.
  • the switch plug 43 of the control throttle is moved in the direction of the steering wheel by the pressing of the driver's finger.
  • the movement of the switch plug 43 toward the outside of the steering wheel pushes the belt 40 to move the core wire of the bicycle brake line.
  • the bicycle brake wire core is mounted on the moving original 3 of the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11, and the movement of the core 8 of the bicycle brake wire 6 drives the moving original 3 to move.
  • the displacement sensor 1 connected to the moving original 3 sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously after monitoring the movement of the moving original 3, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems.
  • a control signal is calculated and sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is improved.
  • a control signal is calculated and sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the switch plug is clamped between the plate structures.
  • the switch plug 43 is not hit when the switch plug is all moved toward the center of the steering wheel 31 of the motor vehicle. This ensures that the driver's hand does not inadvertently hit the switch plug 43 that controls the throttle and the switch plug that cooperates with the control throttle during a sharp turn.
  • the switch plug 43 that controls the throttle and the switch plug that cooperates with the control throttle are respectively set to different vivid colors. It is convenient for the driver to control in time.
  • the bicycle brake line uses the existing bicycle brake line. Or make a bicycle brake line yourself. This kind of bicycle brake line made by itself, the core wire is very loose in the jacket. It is very easy to move around in the jacket.
  • the end portion 7 of the one end of the bicycle brake wire is mounted on the main throttle 11 of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the end 7 of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a hole into which the screw can be screwed.
  • a screw hole capable of screwing is provided on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11.
  • the outer casing 7 of the bicycle brake wire can be mounted on the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11 with screws.
  • the core wire 8 of the bicycle brake wire 6 is fixed to the moving original 3 of the manual throttle device main member 11 of the motor vehicle. See Figure 1.
  • the core wire 8 of the bicycle brake wire 6 is fixed to the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1.
  • the core wire 8 of the bicycle brake wire 6 is fixed to the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1.
  • a mounting bracket 55 is provided beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the mount is mounted on the body of the motor vehicle. Fix the other end of the bicycle brake wire to the mounting bracket 61. For example, use a metal bag on the outer jacket of the bicycle brake line.
  • the jacket of the bicycle brake wire pack can be made of metal.
  • a hole can be placed on the outer surface of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire to provide a screw. Place a hole in the holder as well. Then screw the other end of the bicycle brake wire to the holder.
  • a bail frame 56 is disposed on the fixed frame and perpendicular to the steering wheel surface of the motor vehicle.
  • the brace has two small rings 57. The plane of the small ring 57 is parallel to the steering wheel surface of the motor vehicle. Both small rings 57 are on an axis that is perpendicular to the steering surface of the motor vehicle. The two small rings are fixed to the bail frame 56. For example, two small rings 57 are welded to the bail frame 56.
  • a stem portion having a lift lever 58 is inserted in the ring hole of the two small rings 57.
  • the upper portion of the lifting rod 58 near the steering wheel is a lifting ring 59.
  • the lifting ring 59 is an annular member. The driver can lift it by hand.
  • the lower end of the bail bar has a small hole 60.
  • the core wire 62 of the bicycle brake wire is passed through the hole, and then the end of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the bicycle brake wire core are folded back together and fixed. For example, the end of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the portion of the bicycle brake wire core are folded together by iron, and the wrapped iron is pressed by the machine. The end of the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the bicycle brake wire core are not loosened.
  • the end portion 61 of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is fixed to the bail frame 56.
  • the end portion 61 of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a screw hole into which the screw can be screwed.
  • the corresponding position of the lifting frame 56 is also set as a screw hole into which the screw can be screwed. This makes it possible to fix the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire to the bail frame 56 with screws. See Figure 11.
  • the driver when the driver drives, the driver lifts the lifting ring 59 on the lifting rod 58 and the lower portion of the lifting rod 58 drives the bicycle brake wire 62 to move.
  • the moving original 3 on the main throttle device 11 of the vehicle manual throttle device moves.
  • the displacement sensor 1 connected to the moving original 3 sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously after monitoring the movement of the moving original 3, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems, and calculates
  • a control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is improved.
  • the brake wire core is another
  • the moving original 3 on the main throttle 11 of the motor vehicle manual throttle device returns to its original position by the action of the spring 4.
  • the displacement sensor 1 connected to the moving original 3, after monitoring the movement of the moving original 3, sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems.
  • a control signal is calculated and sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is adjusted. See Figure 11.
  • the bicycle brake line uses the existing bicycle brake line. Or make a bicycle brake line yourself. This kind of bicycle brake line made by itself, the core wire is very loose in the jacket. It is very easy to move around in the jacket.
  • a motor vehicle throttle control device controls a throttle using a manual throttle device of a motor vehicle for an electronic throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the movement of the moving parts by manual components.
  • the first is to design and manufacture a main component of a manual throttle device for motor vehicles. See Figure 12.
  • a movable moving original 3 is arranged on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is provided with a spring 4, which can automatically return the moving original 3 to the original position. That is, after the external force causes the moving original to be displaced, the spring 4 can return the moving original 3 to the original position after the external force is removed.
  • the displacement sensor 1 is placed on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1 and the moving original 3 are integrated.
  • the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor 1 is the moving original 3.
  • a rack 63 is disposed in association with the moving originals 2, 3.
  • the rack 63 is disposed in the chute.
  • the chute is fixed to the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • a micro motor 64 is provided.
  • the micromotor 64 is mounted on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. Or installed next to the main parts of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • a one-way transmission gear 65 is mounted on the shaft of the micromotor 64.
  • the so-called one-way transmission gear is a driven wheel of a chain transmission such as a bicycle rear wheel. It only has a transfer effect in one direction. If a person steps forward on the bicycle pedal, the bicycle can move forward. Stepping on the bicycle pedal backwards does not drive the bicycle backwards.
  • the one-way transmission gear 65 mounted on the shaft of the micro motor 64 is butted against the rack 63 associated with the moving elements 2, 3.
  • the motor drives the gear 65 of the one-way transmission to rotate.
  • the one-way transmission gear 65 in turn drives the rack 63 associated with the moving elements 2, 3 to move. Move the original to follow the move.
  • the displacement sensor After the moving originals 2, 3 are moved, or the moving end of the displacement sensor is moved, the displacement sensor sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously after monitoring the movement of the moving original or sensing the moving end, and the ECU electronic control unit pairs
  • the information is processed and processed with data information transmitted from other systems, and a control signal is calculated and sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is improved.
  • the motor When the motor is de-energized, the rotor of the motor loses its electromagnetic field. After the rotor of the motor loses the force of the electromagnetic field, the rotor of the motor can be freely rotated. At the same time, the motor is mounted on the shaft in one direction. Transmission gears. Then, when the motor is powered off, the spring force of the spring 4 provided on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle returns the moving original set on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle to the original position.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the moving original After the displacement sensor connected to the moving original detects the movement of the moving original, it will send the information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a
  • the control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • a restriction facility 66 is provided on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the restriction facility 66 can limit the limits of the movement of the rack 63. That is, the movement limit of the moving originals 2, 3 provided on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle associated with the rack 63 is limited. At the same time, it also limits the opening of the throttle that the moving original is affected by the displacement sensor. If the moving position of the moving original corresponding to the opening degree of the throttle required for the cruising speed of the motor vehicle is set as the moving limit. Set to the limit of the movement of the rack 63. Then, after the motor is energized, the motor drives the gear 65 of the one-way transmission to rotate. The one-way transmission gears in turn drive the rack movement associated with the moving original.
  • the rack 63 is moved to the restriction device 66 provided on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle, and the rack 63 can no longer be moved. Then the moving original can not move after moving to a certain position.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the moving original will send the information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant after monitoring the movement of the moving original, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate
  • a control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • This opening is the opening required for the motor vehicle to achieve cruising speed. This way, when the motor vehicle needs cruising, it is enough to use electric control. No foot pedal control is required.
  • the rotor of the motor When the motor is de-energized, the rotor of the motor loses its electromagnetic field. After the rotor of the motor loses the force of the electromagnetic field, the rotor of the motor can be freely rotated. At this point, the pedal can be controlled by foot movement.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle;
  • the power switch that controls the micromotor 64 is placed beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Or set on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. The power switch is placed outside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab, and the power cord of the power switch can be pulled.
  • a tube device is disposed in parallel with the steering wheel frame tube of the motor vehicle.
  • the tube device is a straight tube. Or a curved tube.
  • One end of the pipe device is opened in the direction of the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. Near the main part of the manual throttle device of a motor vehicle. Or there is a certain distance from the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the tube device is open beside the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle. That is, the tube device is in the steering wheel holder of the motor vehicle.
  • the steering wheel mount is the part of the steering wheel input shaft of the motor vehicle steering wheel system that wraps the steering wheel frame of the motor vehicle.
  • the power cord of the micro motor control switch is threaded from one end of the tube device in the direction of the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. Passing out from the other end of the tube device, ie the steering input shaft of the motor vehicle steering wheel system.
  • a spring is disposed outside the steering device of the main throttle device of the motor vehicle. One end of the spring is fixed to the body of the vehicle. Or it is fixed on a bracket mounted on the vehicle body. The other end of the spring Set on the power line of the micro motor control switch. The method is to use a tin foil on the power line of the micro motor control switch.
  • a tube is placed vertically in the middle of the steering wheel and in the plane of the steering wheel. One end of the tube is next to the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system and the other end of the tube is on the steering wheel surface. After the power cord of the micro motor control switch passes through the tube device, it passes through the tube in the middle of the steering wheel, and the middle portion of the steering wheel surface and the micro motor control switch are butted together.
  • the relevant settings are similar to those in Figure 6.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is arranged at a suitable position of the motor vehicle.
  • Embodiment 8 On the basis of Embodiment 7, the displacement sensor is disposed outside the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is connected via a connecting member to a moving original on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is connected to the rack by a connecting member.
  • a motor vehicle throttle control device controls a throttle using a manual throttle device of a motor vehicle for an electronic throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the movement of the moving parts by manual components.
  • the first is to design and manufacture a main component of a manual throttle device for motor vehicles.
  • a movable moving original is arranged on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is provided with a spring, which can automatically return the moving original to the original position. That is, after the external force causes the moving original to be displaced, the spring can return the moving original to the original position after the external force is removed.
  • the displacement sensor is placed on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is integrated with the moving original.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is the moving original. As shown in Figure 12.
  • a rack is placed in association with the moving original.
  • the rack is placed in the chute.
  • the chute is fixed to the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • Set up a miniature micro speed motor The micro-micro speed motor is mounted on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle. Or installed next to the main parts of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the shaft of the rack and the micro-micro speed motor are perpendicular.
  • a gear is mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro speed motor.
  • the shaft mounted gear of the micro-micro speed motor is docked with the rack connected to the moving original.
  • the gear mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro motor is docked by a shifting mechanism and a rack associated with the moving original. That is, a gear and a rack are connected.
  • the set gears are mounted on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle through the mounting bracket.
  • the gears mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro speed motor are in turn connected to the set gears.
  • the motor When the motor is energized, the motor drives the gear to rotate.
  • the gears in turn drive the rack movement associated with the moving original. Move the original to follow the move.
  • the micro-micro speed motor is controlled by a bidirectional switch. That is, the micro-micro speed motor can be rotated forward or reversed.
  • a restriction mechanism is provided on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle to limit the upper and lower limits of the rack movement. That is, the upper and lower limits of the movement of the displacement end of the displacement sensor, that is, the maximum and minimum throttle opening degrees are the upper and lower limits of the rack movement.
  • the displacement sensor After the moving original on the main throttle device of the motor vehicle moves, or after the moving end of the displacement sensor moves, the displacement sensor sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously after monitoring the movement of the moving original or sensing the movement of the moving end.
  • the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted from other systems, calculates a control signal, and sends it to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening degree of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the micro micro speed motor When the micro micro speed motor is powered off, the micro micro speed motor stops rotating.
  • the displacement sensor connected to the moving original sends the information to the ECU electronic control unit and the ECU electronic control unit transmits the information to the ECU electronic control unit after monitoring that the moving original stops moving or after sensing that the mobile end stops moving.
  • the data information is subjected to arithmetic processing, and a control signal is calculated and sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to stop the throttle opening. The power of the motor vehicle is stopped from being adjusted.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Or set on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the power switch is set on the steering wheel and can be placed in the middle of the steering wheel. Or set the hand on the steering wheel where the driver holds the steering wheel. This is easy to operate.
  • the power switch is a push button type bidirectional switch. There are two push button bidirectional switches.
  • a switch controls the micro-speed motor to rotate forward.
  • a switch controls the micro-micro speed motor to reverse.
  • the two switches can be set to different colors.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Take the switching power cord.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. To set up a micro micro motor power switch power line channel.
  • the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle is arranged at a suitable position of the motor vehicle.
  • the foot throttle pedal On the basis of using the manual throttle control throttle, use the foot throttle pedal to control the throttle.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the moving original on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the micro-motor When the micro-motor is not used, the foot pedal can be used.
  • To set the foot pedal you need to set a spring to return the foot pedal to the foot. If you do not use the foot pedal, use a micro-micro motor and manual throttle device.
  • the foot pedal and the moving original should be disengaged. Avoid the spring set by the foot pedal, and move the moving original when the micro-speed motor is powered off.
  • Embodiment 10 On the basis of Embodiment 9, the displacement sensor is disposed outside the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is connected via a connecting member to a moving original on the main component of the motor vehicle manual throttle device.
  • the moving end of the displacement sensor is connected to the rack by a connecting member.
  • a motor vehicle throttle control device controls a throttle using a manual throttle device of a motor vehicle for an electronic throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the moving end of the displacement sensor through manual components.
  • the displacement sensor that controls the throttle can be placed directly next to the driver's seat of the motor vehicle cab or on the steering wheel. Set the moving end of the displacement sensor to a manual switch.
  • the movable distance of the displacement end of the displacement sensor and the opening degree of the throttle are set to scale. In this way, the size of the throttle can be controlled directly by controlling the moving distance of the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the displacement sensor will send this information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit will calculate the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a
  • the control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. Increase the power of motor vehicles.
  • the displacement sensor will send this information to the ECU electronic control unit in an instant, and the ECU electronic control unit will calculate the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a
  • the control signal is sent to the servo motor relay through the line, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle. The power of the motor vehicle is adjusted.
  • the laying channel of the displacement sensor data line is a tube device arranged in parallel with the steering wheel frame tube of the motor vehicle.
  • the tube device is a straight tube. Or a curved tube.
  • One end of the tube device is open in the direction of the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle.
  • the other end of the tube device is open beside the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system of the motor vehicle. That is, the tube device is in the steering wheel holder of the motor vehicle.
  • the steering wheel mount is the part of the steering wheel input shaft of the motor vehicle steering wheel system that wraps the steering wheel frame of the motor vehicle.
  • the data line of the displacement sensor is threaded into the end of the tube device in the direction of the motor vehicle accelerator pedal. Before inserting the tube device, or fix the data line of the displacement sensor on a bracket.
  • the bracket is mounted on the vehicle structure.
  • one end of one spring is fixed on the bracket.
  • the other end of the spring is fixed to the data line of the displacement sensor.
  • the data line of the displacement sensor is fixed on the vehicle structure, and one end of the spring is also fixed on the vehicle structure.
  • the other end of the spring is fixed to the data line of the displacement sensor.
  • a metal bag is placed on the data line of the displacement sensor.
  • one end of the spring and the metal wire of the data line covering the displacement sensor are fixed together.
  • a metal piece is placed at the end of the spring. There are holes in the metal piece. There is also a hole in the iron of the data line that surrounds the displacement sensor. This allows the two to be held together by screws.
  • the data line of the displacement sensor between the springs is curved. The data line of the displacement sensor is inserted from the end of the tube device in the direction of the motor vehicle accelerator pedal, and is passed out from the other end of the tube device, that is, the steering input shaft of the motor vehicle steering wheel system.
  • a tube is placed vertically in the middle of the steering wheel and in the plane of the steering wheel.
  • One end of the tube is next to the steering input shaft of the steering wheel system and the other end of the tube is on the steering wheel surface.
  • the data line of the displacement sensor passes through the tube device, it passes through the tube in the middle of the steering wheel to the middle of the steering wheel surface.
  • the data line of the displacement sensor is wound around the steering input shaft of the vehicle steering system when the vehicle turns to a large bend.
  • the data line of the fixed displacement sensor is set.
  • the placed spring in turn causes the displacement sensor's data line to retreat from the steering shaft.
  • the displacement sensor 67 is disposed on the steering wheel 31 in the middle of the steering wheel. Or set to the left or right hand side of the steering wheel. See Figure 13.
  • the displacement sensor set at hand can make the displacement sensor smaller. It is convenient for the finger to operate the switch, that is, the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • Motor vehicle throttle control device for electronic throttle, using the manual throttle device to control the throttle using the foot throttle pedal.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the moving end of the displacement sensor of the motor vehicle.
  • a manual throttle device for the driver to directly use the moving end of the displacement sensor as a throttle switch uses the control throttle independently; or it is used in combination with the foot accelerator pedal. If the displacement sensor is not placed on the steering wheel, fix the end of one end of the bicycle brake wire directly next to the displacement sensor. Connect the core wire of the bicycle brake wire to the moving end of the displacement sensor. The other end of the bicycle brake line is connected to the accelerator pedal.
  • the channel of the bicycle brake line must be set.
  • the end of the outer casing of one end of the bicycle brake wire is mounted on the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is provided as a hole into which the screw can be screwed. Set a screw hole in the corresponding position on the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the end of the jacket at one end of the bicycle brake line can be screwed onto the main part of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed to the moving original 3 of the main throttle device of the motor vehicle.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed to the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the core wire of the bicycle brake wire is fixed to the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor.
  • a motorized manual throttle device lever-type manual component is provided next to the driver's seat of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the other end of the bicycle brake line is mounted on the lever-type manual part.
  • Motor vehicle manual throttle device lever 78 has a handle at the lower end. There is a hole in the middle of the handle.
  • a lever 78 type manual member is disposed on a base 73.
  • a device 74 for mounting a manual member of the lever 78 is fixed to the base 73 by screws.
  • the device 74 for mounting the lever 78 type manual member is two rectangular flaps.
  • the lower ends of the sheets each have a screw hole 75.
  • the sheet can be fixed by screws at the concave ends of both ends of the base.
  • the device 74 that mounts the lever 78 type manual member is a two-lobed sheet.
  • the lower ends of the chevron-shaped sheets each have two screw holes 75.
  • the chevron-shaped sheets can be fixed at both ends of the base 73 by screws 83.
  • a portion of the device 74 on which the lever 78 type manual member is mounted has a screw hole 76 in each portion of the base.
  • a mat 79 such as rubber which can produce a good friction effect can be added to both sides of the hole of the shank of the lower end of the lever 78 type manual member, and the mat 79 is naturally bored.
  • the hole in the lower end of the lever 78 type manual member and the hole in the mat 79 are then aligned with the holes 76 in the device 74 of the manual type of the lever 78, which are applied to the two devices 74 for mounting the lever type manual member. between.
  • the screw 77 is used to pass through the holes 74 of the two handle-mounted manual parts, the hole of the lower end of the manual member of the lever 78 type, and the hole of the mat 79, and the nut is placed. Screw 77, nut A pad 80 is placed between the device 74 and the lever-type manual component.
  • a lever 78 type manual member, a mat 79 such as rubber capable of producing a good friction effect, and a device 74 to which the lever type manual member is attached or a mat is added.
  • a mat 79 such as rubber which produces a good friction effect is a spring structure.
  • Two devices 74 that mount the lever-type manual components are in turn fixed to the base 73.
  • the pedestal 73 is placed horizontally adjacent to the driver's seat of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the base 73 is vertically disposed next to the driver's seat of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the outer sleeve of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the base 73, and the core wire at the other end of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the manual member of the lever 78 type.
  • the driver of the motor vehicle manually moves the lever 78, and the lever 78 moves the core of the bicycle brake line, thereby affecting the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor.
  • the motor vehicle manual throttle device main assembly 11 on which the displacement sensor is mounted, and the mounting member 15 are provided with a spring.
  • the lever 78 no longer affects the core wire of the bicycle brake line, the motor vehicle manual throttle device main member 11 on which the displacement sensor is mounted, and the spring provided on the mounting member 15.
  • the moving end 2 of the displacement sensor is returned to the original position.
  • the displacement sensor sends the sensed signal to the ECU electronic control unit instantaneously, and the ECU electronic control unit performs arithmetic processing on the information and the data information transmitted by other systems to calculate a control signal.
  • the line is sent to the servo motor relay, and the servo motor drives the throttle actuator to adjust the opening of the throttle.
  • the power of the motor vehicle is adjusted. Since the lever 78 type manual member is sandwiched between the device 74 for mounting the lever type manual member by a cushion 79 or a spring structure having a good friction effect, only the driver of the motor vehicle moves it by hand. Will move.
  • the lever 78 is like a hook.
  • the bottom end of the hook is the fulcrum of the lever such as a handle.
  • the short section of the hook is the lever's resistance arm 82 for securing the core of the bicycle brake line.
  • the long section of the hook is the power arm 81 of the lever. That is, the part of the driver of the motor vehicle that is moved by hand.
  • the amount by which the driver of the motor vehicle moves the lever by hand or the amount of the power arm that moves the lever is set to a scale at the power arm of the lever or lever. In this way, the degree of opening and closing of the throttle of the motor vehicle can be accurately grasped, and the degree of power of the motor vehicle can be adjusted.
  • the foot throttle pedal can be used at the same time as the manual throttle device.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle uses the control throttle independently; or it is used in combination with the foot accelerator pedal.
  • the foot throttle pedal is used to control the throttle, and the foot accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the main component of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle, the moving original on the mounting component, or the moving end of the displacement sensor.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the moving parts of the main throttle device of the motor vehicle and the mounting parts. See Figures 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21.
  • a motor vehicle throttle control device for a non-electronic conventional oil Door use the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle to control the throttle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the cable or the connecting rod of the throttle linkage by manual components. There is no need to set the main throttle device for the motor vehicle. Directly connect the manual components of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle with the cables or tie rods that connect the throttle linkage plates.
  • the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is fixed on the vehicle body connected to the cable or the pull rod of the throttle linkage plate or on the device fixed on the vehicle body. Connect the core wire of the bicycle brake wire and the cable or tie rod connecting the throttle linkage plate.
  • these installations do not affect the presence of the accelerator pedal.
  • the cable or the connecting rod connecting the throttle linkage plate is connected to a lever structure. See Figure 14.
  • the end 71 of the lever resistance arm and the cable or tie rod connecting the throttle linkage plate are butted together.
  • the fulcrum of the lever is placed on the body of the vehicle adjacent to the cable or the tie rod of the throttle linkage or on the device fixed to the vehicle body.
  • the end 72 of the power arm of the lever is docked with the core of the bicycle brake line.
  • the end of the outer casing of the bicycle brake wire is fixed to the vehicle body or to a device fixed to the vehicle body. Installation does not affect the presence of equipment related to the accelerator pedal.
  • the cables or tie rods that connect the throttle linkages are spring-loaded so that they return to their original position after losing control of the external force.
  • the foot throttle pedal can be used simultaneously while using the manual throttle.
  • the foot-operated accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the cable or the lever of the motor vehicle connected to the throttle linkage. Like to use the foot to move the accelerator pedal, use the foot to move the accelerator pedal. I prefer to use a manual throttle device with a manual throttle device.
  • the foot throttle pedal is installed or the traditional accelerator pedal is installed. Or the foot throttle pedal is set to be active.
  • the foot pedal can be removed.
  • the connecting body between the foot accelerator pedal and the bracket is arranged to be disconnected from the middle. A small piece is placed on each of the two ends of the disconnection. There are screw holes on the small pieces. This allows the foot pedal and bracket to be connected together by screws. The foot-operated accelerator pedal can be removed from the bracket when the foot pedal is not used.
  • a motor vehicle throttle control device controls a throttle for a non-electronic conventional throttle using a manual throttle device of a motor vehicle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the cable or the connecting rod of the throttle linkage by manual components. There is no need to set the main throttle device for the motor vehicle. Directly connect the manual components of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle with the cables or tie rods that connect the throttle linkage plates.
  • the cable or the connecting rod connecting the throttle linkage plate and the one rack are butted together.
  • the cable or tie rod connecting the throttle linkage plate can also be butted together by a lever and a rack.
  • the end of the lever resistance arm and the one of the cable or the tie rod connecting the throttle linkage plate are butted together.
  • the fulcrum of the lever is placed on the body of the vehicle adjacent to the cable or the tie rod of the throttle linkage or on the device fixed to the vehicle body.
  • the end of the power arm of the lever is butted against one side of the rack.
  • a chute is provided on the vehicle body, or a chute is provided on the device fixed to the vehicle body. Set the rack in the chute. Set up a micro motor.
  • the micromotor is mounted on the vehicle body.
  • a one-way transmission gear is mounted on the shaft of the micromotor.
  • the so-called one-way transmission gear is a driven wheel of a chain transmission such as a bicycle rear wheel. It only has a transfer effect in one direction. If people step on the bicycle pedals forward, they can drive the bicycle forward. motion. Stepping on the bicycle pedal backwards does not drive the bicycle backwards.
  • the one-way transmission gear and rack mounted on the shaft of the micromotor are butted. When the motor is energized, the motor drives the gear of the one-way transmission to rotate.
  • the one-way transmission gear drives the rack motion.
  • the cable or the tie rod of the throttle linkage plate that is butted by the rack moving rack is pulled. There are restrictions on the chute.
  • the limit of the rack motion is exactly the opening of the throttle when the motor vehicle is traveling at cruising speed.
  • the spring force of the spring is set to return the cable or the lever connecting the throttle linkage plate to the original position. Installation of equipment such as motors does not affect the presence of equipment related to the accelerator pedal.
  • the power switch that controls the micromotor is placed next to the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Take the switching power cord.
  • the power switch that controls the micromotor is placed on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. To set the power line channel, you can pull the power switch power cord of the micro motor.
  • the electric-driven manual throttle device can be used in combination with the foot-operated accelerator pedal.
  • An electric-driven manual throttle device is used when driving at a cruising speed of a motor vehicle. Just do not step on the accelerator pedal. When the motor vehicle is not cruising, you can use the foot pedal.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle uses the control throttle independently; or it is used in combination with the foot accelerator pedal.
  • a motor vehicle throttle control device controls a throttle for a non-electronic conventional throttle using a manual throttle device of a motor vehicle.
  • the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle realizes the control of the throttle by controlling the cable or the connecting rod of the throttle linkage by manual components. There is no need to set the main throttle device for the motor vehicle. Directly connect the manual components of the manual throttle device of the motor vehicle with the cables or tie rods that connect the throttle linkage plates.
  • the first is to design and manufacture a section. Secure a chute on the plate.
  • a rack is placed in the chute.
  • the rack and the connecting rod or the connecting rod of the throttle linkage plate are butted.
  • the plates are placed in a suitable position on the motor vehicle.
  • the motor vehicle is generally provided with an engine at the front of the cab.
  • the plate may be placed above and above the vehicle at the accelerator pedal of the motor vehicle.
  • Such a motor vehicle generally has an engine that is not disposed at the front of the cab.
  • the micro micro speed motor is mounted on the plate. Or installed next to the plate.
  • the shaft of the rack and the micro-micro speed motor are perpendicular.
  • a gear is mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro speed motor.
  • the gears and racks mounted on the shaft of the micro micro speed motor are butted. Or the gear mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro motor is docked with the rack through a shifting mechanism. That is, a gear and a rack are connected.
  • the set gears are mounted on the plates by mounting brackets.
  • the gears mounted on the shaft of the micro-micro speed motor are in turn connected to the set gears. When the motor is energized, the motor drives the gear to rotate. The gears in turn drive the rack movement.
  • the rack motion drives the cable or lever movement of the throttle linkage.
  • the micro-micro speed motor is controlled by a bidirectional switch. That is, the micro-micro speed motor can be rotated forward or reversed.
  • a limit mechanism is set to limit the upper and lower limits of the rack motion. That is, the upper and lower limits of the movement of the cable or the connecting rod connecting the throttle linkage plate, that is, the maximum and minimum throttle opening degrees are the upper and lower limits of the rack movement.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Or set on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab.
  • the power switch is set on the steering wheel and can be placed in the middle of the steering wheel. Or set the hand on the steering wheel where the driver holds the steering wheel. This is easy to operate.
  • the power switch is a push button type bidirectional switch. There are two push button bidirectional switches.
  • a switch controls the micro-speed motor to rotate forward.
  • a switch controls the micro-micro speed motor to reverse.
  • the two switches can be set to different colors.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed beside the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. Take the switching power cord.
  • the power switch that controls the micro-micro speed motor is placed on the steering wheel of the motor vehicle cab. To set the power line channel, you can pull the power switch power cable of the micro-micro motor.
  • the cable or the connecting rod connecting the throttle linkage plate is connected by a lever and a rack. That is, the resistance arm of the lever abuts the cable or the tie rod of the throttle linkage plate. The lever's power arm is docked to the rack.
  • the foot accelerator pedal can simultaneously control the cable or the lever of the motor vehicle connected to the throttle linkage.
  • the foot pedal can be used. To set the foot pedal, you need to set a spring to return the foot pedal to the foot. If you do not use the foot pedal, use a micro-micro motor and manual throttle device. The foot pedal and the cable or lever connecting the throttle linkage plate should be disengaged. Avoid the spring set by the foot pedal, and move the cable or lever connecting the throttle linkage when the micro-speed motor is powered off.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Transportation (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Automation & Control Theory (AREA)
  • Control Of Throttle Valves Provided In The Intake System Or In The Exhaust System (AREA)
  • Braking Elements And Transmission Devices (AREA)
  • Auxiliary Drives, Propulsion Controls, And Safety Devices (AREA)
  • Electric Propulsion And Braking For Vehicles (AREA)

Abstract

机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11),在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置一个可移动的移动元件(3),机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上有限制设施使移动元件(3)只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上移动,在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置有弹簧(4)使移动元件(3)回归原位,或者设置安装部件、安装板块使位移传感器(1)的移动端和手动油门设备的移动元件(3)对接或者和手动部件对接;对于非电子油门,使手动部件和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接,手动油门设备可以独立使用,也可以和脚动油门踏板结合使用,脚动油门踏板能够对接移动元件、位移传感器的移动端、连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆,通过采用该机动车辆油门控制设备,能够防止司机误踩油门。

Description

机动车辆油门控制设备 技术领域
本发明涉及一系列机动车辆油门控制设备。
背景技术
目前,市场上的机动车辆一般都是有一个油门踏板、还有一个刹车踏板。一遇紧急情况司机慌神,有时误将油门踏板当作刹车踏板踩了。造成车毁人亡的后果。
发明内容
为了不使司机误踩油门,本发明提供了一系列机动车辆油门控制设备。该机动车辆手动油门设备,能杜绝司机误踩油门、造成车毁人亡的后果。
本发明提供的技术方案是:机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件移动。首先是设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件。机动车辆手动油门设备主件上有限制设施限制着移动原件。使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧。当控制移动原件的外力去掉后,弹簧能使移动原件回归原位。如将机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置成长方体形。将移动原件设置成长方条形。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个细长方形的缝隙。细长方形的缝隙和长方体形的两条边平行。在移动原件两端的中间位置设置一个螺钉孔。另外设置一个凸体。凸体一条边垂直于另一条边。一条边的一端在另一条边的中间位置。就像一个“凸”字。从“凸”字中间那一竖的顶端到下面的边的中心位置设置一个螺钉孔。然后将移动原件放置在长方体形的一面。使移动原件垂直于长方形的缝隙。并将移动原件上的螺钉孔对着长方形的缝隙。然后从长方体形的另一面,将“凸”字上的那一竖上的螺钉孔,对着移动原件上的螺钉孔。用一个螺钉将凸体和移动原件固定在一起,移动原件就算安装在长方体形上了。也就是安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上了。移动原件只能在长方体形上移动。也就是只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动。在长方体形上和移动原件同在一个面,在缝隙的两边各设置一个平行于缝隙的弹簧。两个弹簧都垂直于移动原件。两个弹簧的一端分别固定在移动原件的两端。两个弹簧的另一端固定在长方体形上。
将位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之外。位移传感器的移动端通过一个连接件连接着移动原件。移动原件的位置发生变化能带动位移传感器的移动端的位置发生变化。位移传感器的移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动 车辆的动力得到调整。
机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧使移动原件在外力去除后回归原位。控制移动原件移动的就是机动车辆手动油门设备手动设备。见后面的详述。机动车辆手动油门设备可以独立使用;也可以结合脚动油门踏板使用。脚动油门踏板也能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件。见后面的详述。
机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。在一般的情况下,当机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部的位置比较富裕,便于设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件时,将机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部。这种机动车辆一般是发动机设置在驾驶室的前部的。当机动车辆油门踏板的挡板处车辆的前部、前下部的位置不富裕,可以将机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的上方、上前方。这种机动车辆一般发动机不是设置在驾驶室的前部的。如面包车、中巴车、大巴车。
自行车刹车线的另一端的手动部件如果设置在驾驶室司机座位旁,将自行车刹车线牵到就行了。
自行车刹车线的另一端的手动部件如果设置在方向盘上。先设置一个铺设自行车刹车线的通道。和机动车辆方向盘架管平行设置一个管设备。管设备是直管。或者是弯曲的管。管设备一端开口在机动车辆油门脚踏板方向。管设备另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁。即管设备在机动车辆方向盘座中。方向盘座就是机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴安装的、包裹机动车辆方向盘架管等设备的那一部分。将自行车刹车线的另一端从管设备的靠机动车辆油门脚踏板方向的一端穿入。在穿入管设备之前,将自行车刹车线固定在一个支架上。支架安装在车辆结构上。固定不能使自行车刹车线的芯线不能灵活拉动。同时一节弹簧的一端固定在支架上。弹簧的另一端和自行车刹车线的外套固定在一起。如用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线的外套上。自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的。然后将弹簧的一端和包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮固定在一起。如将弹簧的端部设置一个金属片。金属片上有孔。包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮上也有孔。这样就能够用螺钉将二者固定在一起。弹簧之间的自行车刹车线是弯曲的。自行车刹车线从管设备的靠机动车辆油门脚踏板方向的一端穿入后,从管设备另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁穿出。
在方向盘的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒。管筒的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁,管筒的另一端在方向盘面上。自行车刹车线从管筒穿出后,自行车刹车线到了方向盘上后,或者直接将自行车刹车线的外套端部固定,将自行车刹车线的芯线和手动部件对接。或者先将自行车刹车线固定在方向盘上,牵到手动部件旁再和手动部件对接。如此设置,在 车辆转大弯时自行车刹车线就会绕在车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁上。车辆过了弯后,固定自行车刹车线的支架上设置的弹簧又会使自行车刹车线从转向轴处退走。
自行车刹车线用现有的自行车刹车线。或者自己制造一种自行车刹车线。自己制造的这种自行车刹车线,芯线在外套中要求非常宽松。能够非常容易地在外套中移动。
在前面的基础上,位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之上。机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件和位移传感器的移动端是一体的。位移传感器的移动端就是移动原件。如将位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之上。移动原件和电位器式位移传感器的可移动电刷是一体的。移动原件的位移引起电位器移动端的电阻变化。阻值的变化量反映了位移的量值,阻值的增加还是减小则表明了位移的方向。于是位移传感器就把移动原件移动的物理量转换为电量输出。ECU电控单元得到相关信息后,通过执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。
机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制位移传感器的移动端移动。设计制造一个安装部件。将位移传感器直接安装在安装部件上。使手动部件如自行车刹车线的芯线直接连接位移传感器的移动端。如果在使用机动车辆手动油门设备的同时,也在通过脚动油门踏板控制油门,那么脚动油门踏板也可以直接连接位移传感器的移动端。在安装位移传感器的安装部件上设置弹簧。当控制位移传感器移动端的外力去掉后,弹簧能使位移传感器的移动端回归原位。
位移传感器移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
手动部件自行车刹车线的另一端如果设置在驾驶室司机座位旁,将自行车刹车线牵到就行了。
手动部件自行车刹车线的另一端如果设置在方向盘上。先设置一个铺设自行车刹车线的通道。
安装位移传感器的安装部件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。在一般的情况下,当机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部的位置比较富裕,便于设置安装位移传感器的安装部件时,将安装位移传感器的安装部件设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部。这种机动车辆一般是发动机设置在驾驶室的前部的。当机动车辆油门踏板的挡板处车辆的前 部、前下部的位置不富裕,可以将安装位移传感器的安装部件设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的上方、上前方。这种机动车辆一般发动机不是设置在驾驶室的前部的。如面包车、中巴车、大巴车。
机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制位移传感器的移动端移动。设计制造一个安装部件。将位移传感器直接安装在安装部件上。将自行车刹车线的外套端部安装在安装部件上。如将自行车刹车线的外套端部设置一个孔,将安装部件上设置一个螺钉孔,用螺钉将外套端部安装在安装部件上。使手动部件即自行车刹车线的芯线直接连接位移传感器的移动端。手动部件即自行车刹车线的另一端安装在驾驶室司机座位旁。或者安装在方向盘上。将手动部件即自行车刹车线的另一端设置一个手动塞子。手动塞子就是在一个管中设置一个塞子。塞子和管的摩擦力较大,要人用手才能移动塞子。如塞子和管都用橡胶或者软塑料制造。这样塞子和管之间的磨擦就会很大。塞子的一端连接着自行车刹车线的芯线。塞子的另一端是手动把手。驾驶员用手拉动塞子上的手动把手,或者用手推动塞子上的手动把手;塞子带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动。自行车刹车线的芯线移动就带动自行车刹车线的另一端连接的位移传感器的移动端移动。
位移传感器移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
手动部件自行车刹车线的另一端的手动塞子如果设置在驾驶室司机座位旁,将自行车刹车线牵到就行了。
手动部件自行车刹车线的另一端的手动塞子如果设置在方向盘上。先设置一个铺设自行车刹车线的通道。
自行车刹车线到了方向盘上后,或者直接将自行车刹车线的外套端部固定,将自行车刹车线的芯线和手动塞子对接。或者先将自行车刹车线固定在方向盘上,牵到手动塞子旁再和手动塞子对接。
用手动塞子就不用脚动油门踏板。不用手动塞子时可以用脚动油门踏板控制油门。脚动油门踏板直接连接位移传感器的移动端。用脚动油门踏板时,在脚动油门踏板处和位移传感器的移动端处都设置弹簧。弹簧能使位移传感器的移动端回归原位。
安装位移传感器的安装部件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。
关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在 机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔。将机动车辆手动油门设备主件上相应的位置设置一个螺钉孔。可以用螺钉将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动。将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件上。当移动原件和位移传感器的移动端是一体时,将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端上。当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件和移动原件时,将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端上。在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备旋钮式手动部件。自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在旋钮式手动部件上。旋钮式手动部件有一个旋钮。自行车刹车线另一端的外套安装在旋钮式手动部件的固定设施上。或者安装在旋钮式手动部件旁车辆的设备上。自行车刹车线另一端的刹车线芯线缠绕在旋钮式手动部件的旋钮上。
这个旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动。如旋钮的轴与固定旋钮的部件都用橡胶或者软塑料制造。这样旋钮的轴与固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦就会很大。或者旋钮的轴下部有五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体。有一个环结构围着旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体。环结构内一周有曲片结构。曲片结构固定在环结构内一周。曲片结构凸出部分正对旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体之间的空挡。如果转动旋钮,当旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体正对曲片结构的凸出部分时,由于曲片结构有弹性所以转动的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体能顺利通过曲片结构的凸出部分。
这样人用手扭动旋钮上的柄转动刹车线芯线就绕在旋钮上了。自行车刹车线芯线安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件上的一端,就带动移动原件移动。自行车刹车线芯线安装在位移传感器的移动端上,就带动位移传感器的移动端移动。与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后,或者位移传感器感知到移动端的位置发生变化后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提高。
当人用手扭动旋钮式手动部件旋钮上的柄向反方向转动,绕在旋钮上的刹车线芯线就松开了。刹车线芯线松开后,机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件、或者位移传感器的移动端在设置的弹簧的作用下回归原位。位移传感器又会将感知的信息瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动 车辆的动力得到调整。
或者,旋钮式手动部件旋钮转动的幅度设置成刻度。使人知道油门开、关的程度。
自行车刹车线用现有的自行车刹车线。或者自己制造一种自行车刹车线。自己制造的这种自行车刹车线,芯线在外套中要求非常宽松。能够非常容易地在外套中移动。
关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔。将机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个能够上螺钉的螺钉孔。这样就能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动。将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件上。当移动原件和位移传感器的移动端是一体时,将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端上。当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件和移动原件时,将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端上。和机动车辆方向盘架管平行设置一个管设备。管设备是直管。或者是弯曲的管。管设备一端开口在机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件附近。或者距离机动车辆手动油门设备主件有一定距离。管设备另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁。即管设备在机动车辆方向盘座中。方向盘座就是机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴安装的、包裹机动车辆方向盘架管等设备的那一部分。将自行车刹车线的另一端从管设备的靠机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向的一端穿入。在穿入管设备之前,为了防止自行车刹车线的扭动影响到自行车刹车线安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的部分。可以将自行车刹车线固定在一个支架上。支架安装在车辆结构上。固定不能使自行车刹车线的芯线不能灵活拉动。同时一节弹簧的一端固定在支架上。弹簧的另一端和自行车刹车线的外套固定在一起。如用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线的外套上。自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的。然后将弹簧的一端和包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮固定在一起。如将弹簧的端部设置一个金属片。金属片上有孔。包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮上也有孔。这样就能够用螺钉将二者固定在一起。弹簧之间的自行车刹车线是弯曲的。自行车刹车线从管设备的靠机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向的一端穿入后,从管设备另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁穿出。
在方向盘的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒。管筒的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁,管筒的另一端在方向盘面上。自行车刹车线从管设备穿出后,又从方向盘中部的管筒穿过,到了方向盘面的中部。如此设置,在车辆转大弯时自行车刹车线就会绕在车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁上。车辆过了弯后,固定自行车刹车线的支架上设置的弹簧又会使自行车刹车线从转向轴处退走。从方向盘的中部到方向盘的圆周设置一个管状物。管状物的水 平中轴线的下部和方向盘设置在一起。管状物的水平中轴线的上部是活动的。能够通过螺钉上在管状物的水平中轴线的下部上。从方向盘中部的管筒中穿过的自行车刹车线安放在管状物中。在管状物的中间位置将自行车刹车线的外套固定在管状物的水平中轴线的下部上。在管状物和方向盘的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处,将自行车刹车线的外套安装在那里。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔。将管状物和方向盘的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处也设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔。这样能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套安装在管状物和方向盘的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处。
与此同时将自行车刹车线的芯线安装在一带状物宽的一方的中间位置。带状物就是一个带子。它比布料具有硬度,不会卷在一起。但是又不是硬质的,能够折叠。带状物可以用布料、化纤原料制造。自行车刹车线的芯线在带状物上的安装,可以是将自行车刹车线的芯线从带状物宽的一方的中间位置设置的孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起,用铁皮把自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起的部分包起来,再用机械把包起来的铁皮压紧。使自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线不会松脱。就像用打包机把包着打包带节头的铁皮压紧使它们不松脱一样。带状物宽的一方的中间位置设置的孔有金属包口。所谓金属包口就是布料、化纤料的提包类上设置的孔常用的那种金属包口。这样使孔结实。不至于孔承力后孔处的布料、化纤料越来越松脱,孔越来越大。将带状物安放在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中。带状物必须立着安放在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中。所谓立着安放就是带状物宽的一方和水平面垂直。带状物长的一方和机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔并行。带状物的另一端安装在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的另一方。安装的方法就是如在带状物的另一端的中间位置设置一个孔。孔设置成金属包口。然后用螺钉把带状物的另一端安装在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的另一方设置的螺钉孔处。带状物在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中的安装,要求带状物完全伸展开后、在带状物带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动,自行车刹车线的芯线又带动机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的移动原件移动,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的弹簧被压缩到极限、移动原件移动到极限、机动车辆油门被加大到极限时,带状物不贴在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘外的一方上。但是又不能存在太大的空隙。
在方向盘圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘中心位置方向设置多个孔格。孔格都朝向方向盘的中心方向。孔格之间是隔壁。孔格之间的隔壁和方向盘的圆周轴线垂直。孔格的上下方是孔格上壁、孔格下壁。孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口的尺寸、和孔格靠方向盘外方向的孔格口的尺寸,小于孔格内部的尺寸。在每一个孔格中安放一个开关塞。开关塞由一个框架和框架中安装的弹性物体构成。开关塞的框架由十二个框架条构成。在框架靠方向盘中心方向的 上、下两个框架条,和框架靠方向盘外的方向的上、下两个框架条,是直状形的、或者是弯状形。其余的框架条都是直状形。每一个框架条都由互相垂直的两个侧面构成。框架条上设置有耳状片。耳状片上有螺钉孔。框架条上相应的位置也有螺钉孔。这样框架条通过螺钉就能够组装成框架。组装成框架的框架条的阴角都相对于框架的中心朝外。框架中安装的弹性物体是一整块弹性物体。一整块弹性物体由橡胶或者是软塑料制成。一整块弹性物体的六个面都是凸出框架的。凸出框架的一整块弹性物体的六个面的接触孔格之间的隔壁的左、右面,和接触孔格上壁、孔格下壁的上、下面,都是平面。一整块弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘外的方向的一面,是平面或者是平面略呈弧形。和一整块弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘外的方向的一面对应的机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的壁的形状吻合。即一整块弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘外的方向的一面和对应的机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的壁贴在一起后没有空隙很吻合。一整块弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘中心方向的一面的中部的形状,便于人的手指压按。即形状呈平面或近似平面。人的手指压按上后有一种舒适感。一整块弹性物体的六个面的接触孔格之间的隔壁的左、右面,和接触孔格上壁、孔格下壁的上、下面,和孔格之间的隔壁接触在一起后,和孔格上壁、孔格下壁接触在一起后,它们之间的摩擦力较大、人要用力才能使开关塞移动。开关塞的框架靠方向盘外的一方到框架靠方向盘中心方向的一方的尺寸,小于孔格靠方向盘外的一方到孔格靠方向盘中心方向的一方的尺寸。于是开关塞能够在孔格中从方向盘外向方向盘中心方向上移动。
或者开关塞框架中安装的弹性物体不是一整块弹性物体。只是在一块硬质物体上、也就是在开关塞的接触孔格之间的隔壁的左、右面上,和接触孔格上壁、孔格下壁的上、下面上安装弹性物体。目的是使开关塞和孔格之间的隔壁接触在一起后,和孔格上壁、孔格下壁接触在一起后,它们之间的摩擦力较大、人要用力才能使开关塞移动。或者开关塞框架中安装的弹性物体,除去朝向方向盘中心方向的一面其余的五面都是一个整体。目的是使开关塞和孔格之间的隔壁接触在一起后,和孔格上壁、孔格下壁接触在一起后,它们之间的摩擦力较大、人要用力才能使开关塞移动。开关塞朝向方向盘中心方向的一面是单独安装的。这一面的形状,便于人的手指压按。即形状呈平面或近似平面。人的手指压按上后有一种舒适感。这一面不是弹性物体。是用螺钉安装在开关塞的框架朝向机动车辆方向盘中心方向的框架条上的。机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中设置的多个开关塞,全部移动到靠方向盘外方向。多个开关塞朝向方向盘外的一方共同推动机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中安装的带状物完全伸展开,带状物完全伸展开后、带状物带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动,自行车刹车线的芯线又带动机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的移动原件移动,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的弹簧被压缩到极限、移动原件移动到极限、机动车辆油门被加大到极限。这时带 状物不贴在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘外的一方上。它们之间的空隙又不是太大。如果多个开关塞部分移动到靠方向盘外方向。那么机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的弹簧就部分被压缩、移动原件就移动部分的距离、机动车辆油门就部分被加大。如此就能控制机动车辆油门。人为使几个开关塞移动到靠方向盘外方向,就能使油门的开度控制在需要的刻度。
当机动车辆朝正前方行驶时,将机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的控制油门的管腔和开关塞设置在方向盘的左方或右方。同时在方向盘上设置的控制油门的管腔和开关塞的方向盘的相反的方向上设置同样结构的管腔和开关塞。但是不控制油门。只是起配合控制油门的作用。所谓相反的方向上,就是如果控制油门的管腔和开关塞设置在方向盘的左方;那么配合控制油门的管腔和开关塞就设置在方向盘的右方。如果控制油门的管腔和开关塞设置在方向盘的右方;那么配合控制油门的管腔和开关塞就设置在方向盘的左方。在每一个开关塞的框架朝向方向盘中心方向的四个角上设置钢丝。钢丝要穿过方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口壁。前面已经说过孔格口的尺寸小于孔格内部的尺寸。也就是说孔格口存在孔格口壁
同时第一个控制油门的开关塞的上方左边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方左边设置的钢丝相连。要求控制油门的开关塞完全移动到方向盘外、配合控制油门的开关塞完全移动到靠方向盘中心方向时,钢丝是完全伸直的。继续,第一个控制油门的开关塞的上方右边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方右边设置的钢丝相连。第一个控制油门的开关塞的下方左边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方左边设置的钢丝相连。第一个控制油门的开关塞的下方右边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方右边设置的钢丝相连。第二个、第三个以至多个控制油门的开关塞上的钢丝,都是如此和第二个、第三个以至多个配合控制油门的开关塞上的钢丝相连。
这些相连的钢丝如果不桥归桥、路归路地分开放置,必然纠缠在一起。影响开关塞的移动。
由于在方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口的尺寸,小于孔格内部的尺寸。使孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口处的孔格上壁略伸出孔格口。使孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口处的孔格下壁伸出孔格口。在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上设置供设置钢丝的细管。控制油门的开关塞处在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上,和配合控制油门的开关塞处在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上,设置一样的供设置钢丝的细管。并且,第一个控制油门的开关塞的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝,和第一个配合控 制油门的开关塞的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝相连后,设置在伸出的孔格上壁上设置的一个细管中。这个细管设置在机动车辆方向盘圆盘上。这个细管从第一个控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁上,一直到第一个配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁上,是一个整体。以此类推,第一个控制油门的开关塞的下方左边和右边设置的钢丝,和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方左边和右边设置的钢丝相连后,设置在伸出的孔格下壁上设置的一个细管中。这个细管设置在机动车辆方向盘圆盘上。这个细管从第一个控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁上,一直到第一个配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁上,是一个整体。第二个、第三个以至多个控制油门的开关塞上和配合控制油门的开关塞上的钢丝都是如此设置。这样通过手指的压按使控制油门的开关塞向方向盘外方向移动能够使油门加大。同时通过另一个手的手指的压按使配合控制油门的开关塞向方向盘外方向移动,能够通过钢丝带动控制油门的开关塞向方向盘中心方向移动使控制油门的开关塞回到原位,使油门又被变小。如此操作就能够控制使油门变大、使油门变小。如此就实现了油门由脚动为手动。
也就是说通过驾驶员手指的压按使控制油门的开关塞向方向盘外方向移动。开关塞向方向盘外方向移动又推动带状物带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动。而自行车刹车线芯线安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件上,自行车刹车线的芯线移动就带动移动原件移动。与移动原件相连的位移感应器在监测到移动原件移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提高。
当驾驶员另一只手的手指压按使配合控制油门的开关塞向方向盘外方向移动,通过钢丝带动控制油门的开关塞向方向盘中心方向移动使控制油门的开关塞回到原位。控制油门的开关塞回到原位后,和刹车线芯线相连的带状物就失去了支撑。和刹车线芯线相连的带状物失去了支撑后,和带状物相连的刹车线芯线另一端的机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件在弹簧的作用下回归原位。与移动原件相连的位移感应器在监测到移动原件移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
这里还有一个问题,在急转弯时驾驶员的手会不会无意中碰到控制油门的开关塞和配合控制油门的开关塞?使控制油门的开关塞和配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁加厚。使控制油门的开关塞和配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁,在开关塞 全部移动到朝向机动车辆方向盘中心方向时伸出超过开关塞并加厚。或者在控制油门的开关塞和配合控制油门的开关塞的上面、下面设置板结构。使开关塞夹在板结构之间。这样驾驶员从方向盘内弯握住开关塞所在的方向盘部分时,在开关塞全部移动到朝向机动车辆方向盘中心方向时,就不会碰到开关塞。如此就能保证在急转弯时驾驶员的手不会无意中碰到控制油门的开关塞和配合控制油门的开关塞。控制油门的开关塞和配合控制油门的开关塞分别设置成不同的鲜艳颜色。便于驾驶员及时操控。
自行车刹车线用现有的自行车刹车线。或者自己制造一种自行车刹车线。自己制造的这种自行车刹车线,芯线在外套中要求非常宽松。能够非常容易地在外套中移动。
关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔。将机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个能够上螺钉的螺钉孔。这样就能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动。将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件上。当移动原件和位移传感器的移动端是一体时,将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端上。当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件和移动原件时,将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端上。在机动车辆驾驶室方向盘旁设置一个固定架。固定架安装在机动车辆车体上。将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上。如用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线另一端的外套上。自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的。将包着自行车刹车线另一端的外套的铁皮设置一个能够上螺钉的孔。将固定架上同样设置一个孔。然后用螺钉将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上。在固定架上和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直设置一个提环架。提环架有两个小圆环。小圆环的平面和机动车辆的方向盘面平行。两个小圆环都在和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直的轴线上。将两个小圆环固定在提环架上。如将两个小圆环焊接在提环架上。有一个提环杆的杆部插在两个小圆环的环孔中。提环杆靠近方向盘处的上部是提环。提环就是一个环状部件。驾驶员能够用手提起。提环杆的下部的端头有一个小孔。将自行车刹车线的芯线从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定。如用铁皮把自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起的部分包起来,再用机械把包起来的铁皮压紧。使自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线不会松脱开。将自行车刹车线的外套的端部固定在提环架上。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔。将提环架相应的位置处也设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔。这样就能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套固定在提环架上。
这样在开车时驾驶员手提起提环杆上的提环,提环杆的下部就带动自行车刹车线芯线移 动。自行车刹车线芯线移动就拉动机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件移动。与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提高。当驾驶员手松开提环杆上的提环,刹车线芯线另一端的机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件在弹簧的作用下回归原位。与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
自行车刹车线用现有的自行车刹车线。或者自己制造一种自行车刹车线。自己制造的这种自行车刹车线,芯线在外套中要求非常宽松。能够非常容易地在外套中移动。
在前面的基础上,关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔。将机动车辆手动油门设备主件上相应的位置设置一个螺钉孔。可以用螺钉将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动。将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件上。当移动原件和位移传感器的移动端是一体时,将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端上。当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件和移动原件时,将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端上。在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件。自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在拨杆式手动部件上。
机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件的下端有一个柄。柄中间有一个孔。拨杆式手动部件设置在一个基座上。基座上通过螺钉固定有安装拨杆式手动部件的设备。安装拨杆式手动部件的设备是两个长方形的片状物。片状物的下端各有一个螺钉孔。能够通过螺钉将片状物固定在基座的两端的凹形处。或者安装拨杆式手动部件的设备是两个凸字形的片状物。凸字形的片状物的下端各有两个螺钉孔。能够通过螺钉将凸字形的片状物固定在基座的两端处。安装拨杆式手动部件的设备在基座上的部分各有一个螺钉孔。这样就可以在拨杆式手动部件下端的柄的孔的两面各加一个能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子,垫子自然中间是有孔的。然后将拨杆式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子的孔,对准安装拨杆式手动部件的设备上的孔,加在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备之间。最后用螺钉从两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备、及拨杆式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子的孔中穿过,并上好螺母。螺钉、螺母和安装 拨杆式手动部件的设备之间或者加垫子。拨杆式手动部件、能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子、安装拨杆式手动部件的设备之间或者加垫子。能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子或者是一个弹簧结构。这样机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件的下端,就被牢牢地夹在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备之间。两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备又被固定在基座上。基座水平设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁。或者基座垂直设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁。
自行车刹车线另一端的外套固定在基座上,自行车刹车线另一端的芯线固定在拨杆式手动部件上。机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆,拨杆就牵动自行车刹车线的芯线,从而也就牵动了位移传感器的移动端。安装位移传感器的机动车辆手动油门设备主件、安装部件上设置有弹簧。当机动车辆的驾驶员用手向相反方向搬动拨杆,拨杆不再牵动自行车刹车线的芯线,安装位移传感器的机动车辆手动油门设备主件、安装部件上设置的弹簧,就会使位移传感器的移动端回归原位。位移传感器的移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。由于拨杆式手动部件被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备之间,所以只有机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动它才会动。
机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件的拨杆或者是杠杆。杠杆如一个钩子。钩子的底端是杠杆的支点如一个柄。柄上有孔。孔被穿上螺钉,柄被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备之间。钩子短的一段是杠杆的阻力臂,用于固定自行车刹车线的芯线。钩子长的一段是杠杆的动力臂。也就是机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动的部分。
机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆的量、或搬动杠杆的动力臂的量,在拨杆或杠杆的动力臂处设置成刻度。如此就能准确掌握机动车辆油门开、关的度,调整机动车辆的动力的度。
对于使用电子油门的机动车辆,在使用手动油门设备的同时,可以同时使用脚动油门踏板。机动车辆手动油门设备独立使用控制油门;或者结合脚动油门踏板使用。使用脚动油门踏板控制油门,脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件、安装部件上的移动原件,或者是位移传感器的移动端。
机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件移动。首先是设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件。机 动车辆手动油门设备主件上有限制设施使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动。同时机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧,能使移动原件自动回到原位。即外力使移动原件发生位移后,在外力去除后弹簧能使移动原件回到原位。
将位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。位移传感器的移动端和移动原件是一体的。位移传感器的移动端就是移动原件。
和移动原件相联设置一个齿条。齿条设置在滑槽中。滑槽固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。设置一个微型电动机。微型电动机安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。或者安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件旁。微型电动机的轴上安装一个单向传动的齿轮。所谓单向传动的齿轮就是如和自行车后轮同轴的链传动的从动轮。它只对一个方向产生传递作用。如人向前踩自行车脚踏板能带动自行车向前运动。人向后踩自行车脚踏板并不能带动自行车向后运动。微型电动机的轴上安装的单向传动的齿轮,和与移动原件相联的齿条对接。这样电动机通电后电动机就带动单向传动的齿轮转动。单向传动的齿轮又带动与移动原件相联的齿条运动。移动原件跟着移动。
移动原件移动后,或者位移传感器的移动端移动后,位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后或者感知移动端移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提高。
当电动机断电后,电动机的转子就失去了电磁场的作用力。电动机的转子失去了电磁场的作用力后,电动机的转子就基本可以自由转动了。与此同时,电动机的轴上安装的是单向传动的齿轮。于是当电动机断电后,机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的弹簧的弹力,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的移动原件回归原位。与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个限制设施。限制设施能限制齿条运动的极限。也就是限制和齿条相联的机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的移动原件的移动极限。同时也是限制移动原件通过位移传感器影响的油门的开度。如果将机动车辆巡航速度需要的油门的开度对应的移动原件的移动位置,设置成移动极限。设置成齿条运动的极限。那么,电动机通电后电动机就带动单向传动的齿轮转动。单向传动的齿轮又带动与移动原件相连的齿条运动。齿条运动到机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的限制设施处,齿条就无法再运动了。于是移动原件跟着移动到一定位置也无法移动了。与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动 原件移动的状况后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。这个开度就是机动车辆实现巡航速度需要的开度。这样当机动车辆需要巡航行驶时,利用电动控制就行了。不需要脚动踏板控制。
当电动机断电后,电动机的转子就失去了电磁场的作用力。电动机的转子失去了电磁场的作用力后,电动机的转子就基本可以自由转动了。此时可以通过脚动控制踏板了。
控制微型电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。或者设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘外,将电源开关的电源线牵到即可。如果将电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上,就需要设置电源开关的电源线通道。具体的就是和机动车辆方向盘架管平行设置一个管设备。管设备是直管。或者是弯曲的管。管设备一端开口在机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件附近。或者距离机动车辆手动油门设备主件有一定距离。管设备另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁。即管设备在机动车辆方向盘座中。方向盘座就是机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴安装的、包裹机动车辆方向盘架管等设备的那一部分。将微型电动机控制开关的电源线从管设备的靠机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向的一端穿入。从管设备另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁穿出。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向管设备外设置一个弹簧。弹簧的一端固定在车辆的车体上。或者固定在安装在车辆车体上的支架上。弹簧的另一端固定在微型电动机控制开关的电源线上。方法是如用一铁皮包在微型电动机控制开关的电源线上。将弹簧的一端和包着微型电动机控制开关的电源线的铁皮固定在一起。如将弹簧的端部设置一个金属片。金属片上有孔。包着微型电动机控制开关的电源线的铁皮上也有孔。这样就能够用螺钉将二者固定在一起。在方向盘的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒。管筒的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁,管筒的另一端在方向盘面上。微型电动机控制开关的电源线从管设备穿出后,又从方向盘中部的管筒穿过,到了方向盘面的中部和微型电动机控制开关对接在一起。
机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。
或者位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之外。位移传感器的移动端通过一个连接部件和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件连接。
机动车辆手动油门设备,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件移动。首先是设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件。机动车辆手动油门设备主件上有限制设施使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移 动。同时机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧,能使移动原件自动回到原位。即外力使移动原件发生位移后,在外力去除后弹簧能使移动原件回到原位。
将位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。位移传感器的移动端和移动原件是一体的。位移传感器的移动端就是移动原件。
和移动原件相联设置一个齿条。齿条设置在滑槽中。滑槽固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。设置一个微型微速电动机。微型微速电动机安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。或者安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件旁。齿条和微型微速电动机的轴垂直。微型微速电动机的轴上安装一个齿轮。微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,和与移动原件相联的齿条对接。或者微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,通过一个变速机制和与移动原件相联的齿条对接。即设置一个齿轮和齿条对接。设置的齿轮通过安装架安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮又和设置的齿轮对接。这样电动机通电后电动机就带动齿轮转动。齿轮又带动与移动原件相联的齿条运动。移动原件跟着移动。
微型微速电动机由双向开关控制。即微型微速电动机既可以正转、又可以反转。机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有限制机制,限制着齿条运动的上限和下限。即位移传感器的移动端移动的上限和下限,也就是油门开度的最大和最小就是齿条运动的上限和下限。
机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件移动后,或者位移传感器的移动端移动后,位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后或者感知移动端移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
当微型微速电动机断电后,微型微速电动机停止转动。与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件停止移动后,或者感知移动端停止移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构使节气门的开度停止调整。使机动车辆的动力停止调整。
在不使用微型微速电动机时,可以使用脚动油门踏板。设置脚动油门踏板需要设置一个弹簧使脚动油门踏板归位。如果不使用脚动油门踏板,要用微型微速电动机及手动油门设备。应该使脚动油门踏板和移动原件脱离接触。避免脚动油门踏板设置的弹簧,在微型微速电动机断电时,使移动原件发生移动。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。或者设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。电源开关设置在方向盘上,可以设置在方向盘中部。或者设置在方向 盘上驾驶员握方向盘的位置的手边。这样便于操作。电源开关是按钮式双向开关。按钮式双向开关有两个。一个开关控制微型微速电动机正转。一个开关控制微型微速电动机反转。两个开关可以设置成不同的颜色。启动微型微速电动机正转后,油门逐渐变大。再按一下控制微型微速电动机正转的开关。微型微速电动机停止转动,油门停止变大。按下控制微型微速电动机反转的开关,油门逐渐变小。再按一下控制微型微速电动机反转的开关,油门停止变小。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。将开关电源线牵到即可。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。要设置一个微型微速电动机电源开关电源线的通道。
机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。
或者在如上的基础上,位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之外。位移传感器的移动端通过一个连接部件和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件连接。
机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过将位移传感器的移动端设置成手动开关手动部件,通过控制移传感器的移动端即手动部件实现控制油门。可以直接将控制油门的位移传感器设置在机动车辆驾驶室驾驶员座位旁,或者设置在方向盘上。将位移传感器的移动端设置成手动开关。将位移传感器的移动端可移动的距离及油门的开度设置成刻度。这样可以直接通过控制位移传感器的移动端的移动距离,控制油门的大小。如果将位移传感器的移动端扳在油门大的位置,位移传感器会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提升。如果将位移传感器的移动端扳在油门小的位置,位移传感器会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
如果将位移传感器设置在驾驶员座位旁的方向盘之外的地方,将数据线直接牵到就行了。如果将位移传感器设置在方向盘之上,需要设置位移传感器数据线的铺设通道。位移传感器数据线的铺设通道就是和机动车辆方向盘架管平行设置一个管设备。管设备是直管。或者是弯曲的管。管设备一端开口在机动车辆油门踏板方向。管设备另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁。即管设备在机动车辆方向盘座中。方向盘座就是机动车辆方向盘系统 的转向输入轴安装的、包裹机动车辆方向盘架管等设备的那一部分。将位移传感器的数据线从管设备的靠机动车辆油门踏板方向的一端穿入。在穿入管设备之前,或者将位移传感器的数据线固定在一个支架上。支架安装在车辆结构上。同时一节弹簧的一端固定在支架上。弹簧的另一端和位移传感器的数据线固定在一起。或者将位移传感器的数据线固定在车辆结构上,弹簧的一端也固定在车辆结构上。弹簧的另一端和位移传感器的数据线固定在一起。如用一铁皮包在位移传感器的数据线上。然后将弹簧的一端和包着位移传感器的数据线的铁皮固定在一起。如将弹簧的端部设置一个金属片。金属片上有孔。包着位移传感器的数据线的铁皮上也有孔。这样就能够用螺钉将二者固定在一起。弹簧之间的位移传感器的数据线是弯曲的。位移传感器的数据线从管设备的靠机动车辆油门踏板方向的一端穿入后,从管设备另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁穿出。
在方向盘的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒。管筒的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁,管筒的另一端在方向盘面上。位移传感器的数据线从管设备穿出后,又从方向盘中部的管筒穿过,到了方向盘面的中部。如此设置,在车辆转大弯时位移传感器的数据线就会绕在车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁上。车辆过了弯后,固定位移传感器的数据线的支架设置的弹簧又会使位移传感器的数据线从转向轴处退走。位移传感器在方向盘上的设置,是设置在方向盘中部。或者设置在方向盘左手或右手边。设置在手边的位移传感器可以将位移传感器做小一些。便于手指操作开关即位移传感器的移动端。
关于驾驶员直接将位移传感器的移动端当油门开关的手动油门设备。可以同时使用脚动油门踏板。如果位移传感器不是设置在方向盘上,那么直接将自行车刹车线的一端的端部固定在位移传感器旁。将自行车刹车线的芯线和位移传感器的移动端连接在一起。自行车刹车线的另一端连接油门踏板。
如果位移传感器设置在方向盘上,还得设置自行车刹车线通道。
对于使用电子油门的机动车辆,在使用手动油门设备的同时,可以同时使用脚动油门踏板。机动车辆手动油门设备独立使用控制油门;或者结合脚动油门踏板使用。使用脚动油门踏板控制油门,脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件、安装部件、板块上的移动原件,或者是位移传感器的移动端。
脚动油门踏板的安装,如果便于使用地板式脚动油门踏板,地板式脚动油门踏板的安装有两种安装方式。一种是在地板式脚动油门踏板的前下方设置一个管物。管物和支撑架固定在一起。支撑架安装在机动车辆车体结构上。在地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部设置一个棍状物。棍状物和地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部连在一起。棍状物和地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部相连的地方是一个关节。使地板式脚动油门踏板能在棍状物上活动。如果棍状物和地板式 脚动油门踏板的前下部相连的地方没有关节,地板式脚动油门踏板就无法在棍状物上活动。就无法有效操控油门。如将棍状物上的关节设置成用一个销子将棍状物上端设置的孔和脚动油门踏板的前下部设置的孔安装在一起。将棍状物插在管物中。棍状物的下端和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起。或者和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起。在机动车辆车体结构上垂直设置一个小桩体。小桩体上端有一个水平孔。同时设置一对并列的一样长的短条体。短条体中部有水平孔。短条体的一端通过一个转轴和脚动油门踏板的一端连接在一起。这一端朝下,放驾驶员的脚的后部。短条体的另一端通过一个弹簧和脚动油门踏板的另一端安装在一起。另一端朝上,放驾驶员的脚的前部。将并列的一样长的短条体夹着小桩体上端。并使孔对齐。然后用螺钉将短条体和小桩体固定在一起。脚动油门踏板就算安装好了。地板式脚动油门踏板下方设置的弹簧用于使地板式脚动油门踏板回归原位。这种脚动油门踏板可以取下不用。将固定短条体和小桩体的螺钉取下,将将棍状物上端的孔和脚动油门踏板的前下部设置的孔安装在一起的销子取下,就可以取走脚动油门踏板了。
这样机动车辆驾驶员的脚踩在脚动油门踏板上后,由于地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部设置的棍状物,和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起;或者和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起;于是机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件、或者是位移传感器的移动端被迫移动。位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动、感知到移动端移动,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提高。当机动车辆驾驶员的脚离开脚动油门踏板上后,机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件在弹簧的作用下回归原位。或者地板式脚动油门踏板下方设置的弹簧使位移传感器的移动端回归原位。位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动、感知到移动端移动,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
或者,棍状物的下端通过一个中间部件和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起。或者棍状物的下端通过一个中间部件和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起。
如果机动车辆便于使用悬挂式脚动油门踏板,悬挂式脚动油门踏板的安装也有两种安装方式。一种是在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上方设置一个管物。管物和支撑架固定在一起。支撑架安装在机动车辆车体结构上。在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上部设置一个棍状物。棍状物和悬挂式脚动油门踏板的对接体连在一起。对接体固定在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的下部。对接体伸出棍物和棍状物连接在一起。棍状物插在管物中。棍状物的上端和机动车辆手动油门设 备主件上的移动原件对接在一起、或者和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起。在棍状物上设置一个环。一个弹簧勾在环上。弹簧的另一端安装在支架上。支架固定在车辆的车体上。这个弹簧用于使悬挂式脚动油门踏板回归原位。
棍状物是直接和悬挂式脚动油门踏板的对接体连在一起。或者棍状物和悬挂式脚动油门踏板的对接体的连接是活动的。当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从棍状物上取下。如在棍状物的端头上设置一个小片物。小片物上有螺钉孔。将脚动油门踏板对接体的端头上也设置一个小片物。小片物上也有一些螺钉孔。这样就可以通过螺钉将脚动油门踏板和棍状物连接在一起。在不使用脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从棍状物上取下。
悬挂式脚动油门踏板的另一种安装方式。是在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上方设置一个支架。支架安装在机动车辆车体结构上。悬挂式脚动油门踏板通过连接体上的一个转轴安装在支架上。支架设置有弹簧连接着和悬挂式脚动油门踏板一体的连接体。连接体通过一个连接部件连接着机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件、或者连接着位移传感器的移动端。
悬挂式脚动油门踏板直接通过连接体上的一个转轴安装在支架上。或者连接体在中部是断开的。当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从断开处取下。如在断开处的端头上各设置一个小片物。小片物上设置一些螺钉孔。这样就可以通过螺钉将连接体在中部的断开处连接在一起。在不使用脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从断开处取下。连接部件如果安装在支架一方不用理会。连接部件如果安装在脚动油门踏板一方,也做成活动的。
这样机动车辆驾驶员的脚踩在脚动油门踏板上后,由于脚动油门踏板的相关部件和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起、移动原件又和位移传感器的移动端连接在一起;或者脚动油门踏板的相关部件直接和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起;位移传感器监测到移动原件移动,或者位移传感器感知到信息,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提高。当机动车辆驾驶员的脚离开脚动油门踏板上后,脚动油门踏板在弹簧的作用下回归原位。与脚动油门踏板相连的位移感应器在监测到移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
这样,在使用电子油门的机动车辆上,手动油门设备可以独立使用。设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件,和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的可移动的移动原件。手动部件连接移动原件。移动原件又连接位移传感器的移动端。
或者将位移传感器直接安装在安装部件上。手动部件直接连接移位移传感器的移动端。愿意用旋钮式手动油门设备,愿意用开关塞手动油门设备,还是愿意用提环杆手动油门设备,根据驾驶员的喜好可以变换设置。脚动油门踏板可以完全取下不用。或者脚动油门踏板可以安装上。喜好用脚动油门踏板就用脚动油门踏板。喜好用手动油门设备就用手动油门设备。至于电动驱使的手动油门设备,可以和脚动油门踏板结合使用。在机动车辆巡航速度行驶时,使用电动驱使的手动油门设备。就不用脚始终踩在在油门踏板上。在机动车辆不是巡航速度行驶时,可以使用脚动油门踏板。或者油门完全用电脑控制。
机动车辆油门控制设备,对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆。不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件。直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接。使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制杠杆的动力臂的端部。
如将自行车刹车线的外套固定在连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆附近的车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上。将自行车刹车线的芯线和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起。但是这些安装不能影响油门踏板的存在。或者连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接一个杠杆结构。杠杆阻力臂的端部和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起。杠杆的支点设置在连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆附近的车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上。将杠杆的动力臂的端部和自行车刹车线的芯线对接。自行车刹车线的外套的端部固定在车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上。安装不能影响油门踏板有关设备的存在。连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆有弹簧设施使它们在失去外力控制后回归原位。
或者,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件即微型电动机的电源开关控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆。连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆和一节齿条对接在一起。连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆也可以通过一个杠杆和一节齿条对接在一起。如杠杆阻力臂的端部和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆的一方对接在一起。杠杆的支点设置在连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆附近的车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上。将杠杆的动力臂的端部和齿条一方对接。在车体上设置一个滑槽,或者在固定在车体上的设备上设置一个滑槽。将齿条设置在滑槽中。设置一个微型电动机。微型电动机安装在车体上。或者安装在固定在车体上的设备上。微型电动机的轴上安装一个单向传动的齿轮。所谓单向传动的齿轮就是如和自行车后轮同轴的链传动的从动轮。它只对一个方向产生传递作用。如人向前踩自行车脚踏板能带动自行车向前运动。人向后踩自行车脚踏板并不能带动自行车向后运动。微型电动机的轴上安装的单向传动的齿轮和齿条对 接。这样电动机通电后电动机就带动单向传动的齿轮转动。单向传动的齿轮又带动齿条运动。齿条运动齿条对接的和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆被拉动。滑槽上有限制设施。使齿条运动的极限正好是机动车辆在巡航速度行驶时节气门的开度。当电动机断电后,设置的弹簧的弹力,使连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆回归原位。电动机等设备的安装不能影响油门踏板有关设备的存在。
控制微型电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。将开关电源线牵到即可。
控制微型电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。要设置电源线通道才能将微型电动机的电源开关电源线牵到。
这样,对于非电子的传统油门,手动油门设备可以独立使用。愿意用旋钮式手动油门设备,愿意用开关塞手动油门设备,还是愿意用提环杆手动油门设备,根据驾驶员的喜好可以变换设置。脚动油门踏板可以完全取下不用。或者脚动油门踏板可以安装上。喜好用脚动油门踏板就用脚动油门踏板。喜好用手动油门设备就用手动油门设备。至于电动驱使的手动油门设备,可以和脚动油门踏板结合使用。在机动车辆巡航速度行驶时,使用电动驱使的手动油门设备。就不用脚始终踩在在油门踏板上。在机动车辆不是巡航速度行驶时,可以使用脚动油门踏板。
对于非电子的传统油门,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门。脚动油门踏板能够控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆。脚动油门踏板的安装,或者采用传统油门踏板的安装方式。或者脚动油门踏板设置成活动的。当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板取下。如将脚动油门踏板和支架之间的连接体设置成从中部断开。在断开的两个端头上各设置一个小片物。小片物上都有螺钉孔。这样就可以通过螺钉将脚动油门踏板和支架连接在一起。在不使用脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从支架上取下。
机动车辆油门控制设备,对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件双向开关控制微型微速电动机带动齿轮转动,齿轮又带动齿条运动,齿条运动就带动连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆移动。不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件。直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接。
对于传统油门还有一种机动车辆手动油门设备,首先是设计制造一个板块。在板块上固定一个滑槽。滑槽中设置一个齿条。齿条和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接。板块设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。如在一般的情况下,当机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部的位置比较富裕,便于设置板块时,将板块设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部。这种机动车辆一般是发动机设置在驾驶室的前部的。当机动车辆油门踏板的 挡板处车辆的前部、前下部的位置不富裕,可以将板块设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的上方、上前方。这种机动车辆一般发动机不是设置在驾驶室的前部的。如面包车、中巴车、大巴车。
设置一个微型微速电动机。微型微速电动机安装在板块上。或者安装在板块旁。齿条和微型微速电动机的轴垂直。微型微速电动机的轴上安装一个齿轮。微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮和齿条对接。或者微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,通过一个变速机制和齿条对接。即设置一个齿轮和齿条对接。设置的齿轮通过安装架安装在板块上。微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮又和设置的齿轮对接。这样电动机通电后电动机就带动齿轮转动。齿轮又带动齿条运动。齿条运动就带动连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆移动。
微型微速电动机由双向开关控制。即微型微速电动机既可以正转、又可以反转。板块上设置有限制机制,限制着齿条运动的上限和下限。即连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆移动的上限和下限,也就是油门开度的最大和最小就是齿条运动的上限和下限。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。或者设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。电源开关设置在方向盘上,可以设置在方向盘中部。或者设置在方向盘上驾驶员握方向盘的位置的手边。这样便于操作。电源开关是按钮式双向开关。按钮式双向开关有两个。一个开关控制微型微速电动机正转。一个开关控制微型微速电动机反转。两个开关可以设置成不同的颜色。启动微型微速电动机正转后,油门逐渐变大。再按一下控制微型微速电动机正转的开关。微型微速电动机停止转动,油门停止变大。按下控制微型微速电动机反转的开关,油门逐渐变小。再按一下控制微型微速电动机反转的开关,油门停止变小。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。将开关电源线牵到即可。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。要设置电源线通道才能将微型微速电动机的电源开关电源线牵到。
或者连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆通过一个杠杆和齿条对接。即杠杆的阻力臂对接连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆。杠杆的动力臂对接齿条。
使用脚动油门踏板控制油门。脚动油门踏板能够控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆移动。在不使用微型微速电动机时,可以使用脚动油门踏板。设置脚动油门踏板需要设置一个弹簧使脚动油门踏板归位。如果不使用脚动油门踏板,要用微型微速电动机及手动油门设备。应该使脚动油门踏板和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆脱离接触。避免脚动油门踏板设置的弹簧,在微型微速电动机断电时,使连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆发生移动。
当然,汽车在启动时,汽车在怠速状态,发动机的怠速控制有两种,一种为节气门旁通型,发动机不踩油门踏板时,节气门为关闭状态,汽车启动怠速时空气通过旁通通道进入汽缸,由怠速控制阀来控制进气的多少从而来控制发动机怠速时的转速。另一种为节气门控制进气量型,为了保持发动机的怠速运转,节气门会有一定的开度,这是节气门的最小开度值。
本发明的有益效果是,由于有了机动车辆油门控制设备,能杜绝司机误踩油门、造成车毁人亡的后果。
附图说明
下面结合附图和实施例对本发明作进一步说明。
附图1是本发明实施例一中位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之外时,位移传感器、移动原件、自行车刹车线、弹簧是如何设置的示意图。
附图2是本发明实施例一中将移动原件安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上也就是长方体形上的凸体的侧正剖视示意图。
附图3是本发明实施例三、实施例四中位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之上时,位移传感器、移动原件、自行车刹车线、弹簧是如何设置的示意图。
附图4是本发明实施例五、实施例六中直接将位移传感器的移动端和手动部件相连时,将位移传感器安装在安装部件上的示意图。
附图5是本发明实施例二中地板式脚动油门踏板的安装示意图。
附图6是本发明实施例一中方向盘座中设置自行车刹车线等的剖视示意图。
附图7是本发明实施例一中机动车辆手动油门设备旋钮式手动部件的旋钮的轴下部的凸体、环结构、曲片结构的俯剖视示意图。
附图8是本发明实施例八中机动车辆手动油门设备关于方向盘上的开关塞的设置正俯视剖视示意图。
附图9是本发明实施例八中从方向盘外方向或从方向盘内方向看方向盘上设置的开关塞的正视示意图。
附图10是本发明实施例十中机动车辆手动油门设备关于方向盘上空格中设置开关塞的侧视示意图。
附图11是本发明实施例九中提环式机动车辆手动油门设备示意图。
附图12是本发明实施例十、十二中电动式机动车辆手动油门设备示意图。
附图13是本发明实施例十五中位移传感器设置在方向盘上的示意图。
附图14是本发明实施例十七、十九、二十中用在非电子的传统油门上的杠杆示意图。
附图15是本实用新型实施例一至十中机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的基座侧视示意 图。
附图16是本实用新型实施例一至十中机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的基座仰视示意图。
附图17是本实用新型实施例一至十中机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件正视示意图。
附图18是本实用新型实施例一至十中机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件正视示意图。
附图19是本实用新型实施例二、四、六、八、十中机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件杠杆结构示意图。
附图20本实用新型实施例一至十中机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的基座的正视示意图。
附图21本实用新型实施例一至十中机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的基座安装杠杆的设备的正视示意图。
图中:1、安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之外的位移传感器。有些位移传感器是安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的。2、位移传感器上的移动端。3、机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件。2、3、有时移动原件和位移传感器的移动端是一体的。4、使移动原件或者使和移动原件一体的位移传感器移动端复位的弹簧。5、机动车辆手动油门设备主件上固定弹簧的设施。6、自行车刹车线。7、安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的自行车刹车线外套的端头。8、安装在移动原件上、或者安装在和移动原件一体的位移传感器移动端上的自行车刹车线的芯线。9、连接位移传感器的移动端和移动原件的连接件。10、在机动车辆手动油门设备主件即长方体形上设置的一个细长方形的缝隙。11、设置成长方体形的机动车辆手动油门设备主件。
12、凸体上垂直的那一边。13、凸体一竖下的一条边。14、从“凸”字形凸体中间那一竖的顶端到下面的边的中心位置设置的螺钉孔。
15、安装位移传感器直接的安装部件。
16、机动车辆车体结构。17、在机动车辆车体结构上垂直设置的小桩体。18、小桩体上端有水平孔。短条体中部有水平孔。将并列的一样长的短条体夹着小桩体上端。并使孔对齐。如果用螺钉穿过孔并上上螺帽,就可以将短条体和小桩体固定在一起。19、两个并列的一样长的短条体。20、脚动油门踏板。21、短条体和脚动油门踏板之间的弹簧。22、地板式脚动油门踏板的前下方设置的管物。23、固定管物的支撑架。24、地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部设置的棍状物。25、棍状物和地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部相连的地方的关节。
26、和机动车辆方向盘架管平行设置的管设备。27、机动车辆方向盘架管。28、在方向盘的中部设置的和方向盘的平面垂直的管筒。29、方向盘系统的转向输入轴。30、方向盘座。 31、方向盘。
32、机动车辆手动油门设备旋钮式手动部件的旋钮的轴。33、旋钮的轴下部的如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体。34、围着旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体的曲片结构。35、围着旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸和曲片结构的环结构。
36、从方向盘的中部到方向盘的圆周设置的管状物。37、安装自行车刹车线的外套的端头的管状物和方向盘的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处。自行车刹车线。38、在管状物的中间位置将自行车刹车线的外套固定在管状物的水平中轴线的下部上。39、安装在带状物上的自行车刹车线的芯线。40、带状物。41、孔格靠方向盘外方向的孔格口。42、孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口。43、安放在孔格中的开关塞。44、第一个控制油门的开关塞的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝,和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝相连。45、放置第一个控制油门的开关塞的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝,和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝相连后的细管。
46、开关塞的框架中安装的凸出框架的弹性物体。47、每一个框架条都由互相垂直的两个侧面构成。
48、开关塞向着方向盘中心方向一端。49、开关塞向着方向盘外方向的一端。50、第一个控制油门的开关塞的下方左边和右边设置的钢丝。51、放置第一个控制油门的开关塞的下方左边和右边设置的钢丝,和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方左边和右边设置的钢丝相连后的细管。52、在孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口处的略伸出的孔格上壁。53、使控制油门的开关塞和配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格上壁伸出孔格口并加厚。54、使控制油门的开关塞和配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格下壁伸出孔格口并加厚。
55、在机动车辆驾驶室方向盘旁设置的固定架。56、固定架上的和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直的提环架。57、提环架上的小圆环。58、提环杆。59、提环杆靠近方向盘处的提环。60、提环杆的下部的端头的小孔。61、被固定在提环架上的自行车刹车线的外套的端部。62、自行车刹车线的芯线。
63、和移动原件相连或者和位移传感器的移动端相连的齿条。64、微型电动机。65、微型电动机的轴上的单向传动齿轮。66、限制齿条运动的限制设施。
67、位移传感器。
68、车体。69、固定在车体上的支柱。70、杠杆的转轴。71、对接连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆的杠杆的阻力臂。72、对接自行车刹车线的芯线的杠杆的动力臂。
73、机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件拨杆或杠杆安装结构的基座。74、安装机动车辆手 动油门设备手动部件拨杆或杠杆的设备。75、将安装机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件拨杆或杠杆的设备安装在基座上的螺钉孔。76、安装机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件拨杆或杠杆的设备上的螺钉孔。
77、螺钉。78、机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件拨杆或杠杆。79、能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子。
80、螺钉上套的垫子。
81、杠杆的动力臂。82、杠杆的阻力臂。
83、将安装拨杆或杠杆的设备固定在基座上的螺钉。84、螺母。
具体实施方式
实施例一、机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件移动。首先是设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件。见附图1。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上设置一个可移动的移动原件3。机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上有限制设施限制着移动原件3。使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上设置有弹簧4。当控制移动原件3的外力去掉后,弹簧4能使移动原件3回归原位。如将机动车辆手动油门设备主件11设置成长方体形。将移动原件3设置成长方条形。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上设置一个细长方形的缝隙10。细长方形的缝隙10和长方体形的两条边平行。在移动原件3两端的中间位置设置一个螺钉孔。另外设置一个凸体。见附图2。凸体一条边垂直于另一条边。一条边12的一端在另一条边13的中间位置。就像一个“凸”字。从“凸”字中间那一竖12的顶端到下面的边13的中心位置设置一个螺钉孔14。然后将移动原件放置在长方体形的一面。使移动原件3垂直于长方形的缝隙10。并将移动原件3上的螺钉孔对着长方形的缝隙10。然后从长方体形的另一面,将“凸”字上的那一竖12上的螺钉孔14,对着移动原件3上的螺钉孔。用一个螺钉将凸体和移动原件3固定在一起,移动原件3就算安装在长方体形上了。也就是安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上了。移动原件3只能在长方体形上移动。也就是只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上移动。在长方体形上和移动原件3同在一个面,在缝隙10的两边各设置一个平行于缝隙的弹簧4。两个弹簧4都垂直于移动原件3。两个弹簧4的一端分别固定在移动原件3的两端。两个弹簧的另一端固定在长方体形上。
将位移传感器1设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11之外。位移传感器1的移动端2通过一个连接件9连接着移动原件3。移动原件3的位置发生变化能带动位移传感器1的移动端2的位置发生变化。位移传感器1的移动端2的位置发生变化后,位移传感器1会将感知 的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上设置有弹簧4使移动原件3在外力去除后回归原位。控制移动原件3移动的就是机动车辆手动油门设备手动设备。机动车辆手动油门设备独立使用控制油门;或者结合脚动油门踏板使用。脚动油门踏板也能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件。
机动车辆手动油门设备主件11设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。在一般的情况下,当机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部的位置比较富裕,便于设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件时,将机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部。这种机动车辆一般是发动机设置在驾驶室的前部的。当机动车辆油门踏板的挡板处车辆的前部、前下部的位置不富裕,可以将机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的上方、上前方。这种机动车辆一般发动机不是设置在驾驶室的前部的。如面包车、中巴车、大巴车。
自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在驾驶室司机座位旁,将自行车刹车线牵到就行了。
自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在方向盘上。先设置一个铺设自行车刹车线的通道。见附图6。和机动车辆方向盘架管27平行设置一个管设备26。见附图6。管设备26是直管。或者是弯曲的管。管设备26一端开口在机动车辆油门脚踏板方向。管设备另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴29旁。即管设备26在机动车辆方向盘座中。方向盘座就是机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴29安装的、包裹机动车辆方向盘架管27等设备的那一部分。将自行车刹车线6的另一端从管设备26的靠机动车辆油门脚踏板方向的一端穿入。在穿入管设备26之前,将自行车刹车线6固定在一个支架上。支架安装在车辆结构上。固定不能使自行车刹车线的芯线不能灵活拉动。同时一节弹簧的一端固定在支架上。弹簧的另一端和自行车刹车线的外套固定在一起。如用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线的外套上。自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的。然后将弹簧的一端和包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮固定在一起。如将弹簧的端部设置一个金属片。金属片上有孔。包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮上也有孔。这样就能够用螺钉将二者固定在一起。弹簧之间的自行车刹车线是弯曲的。自行车刹车线从管设备的靠机动车辆油门脚踏板方向的一端穿入后,从管设备另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁穿出。
在方向盘31的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒28。管筒28的一端在方向盘系统 的转向输入轴29旁,管筒28的另一端在方向盘面上。见附图6。自行车刹车线6从管筒28穿出后,自行车刹车线到了方向盘上后,或者直接将自行车刹车线的外套端部固定,将自行车刹车线的芯线和手动部件对接。或者先将自行车刹车线固定在方向盘上,牵到手动部件旁再和手动部件对接。如此设置,在车辆转大弯时自行车刹车线就会绕在车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁上。车辆过了弯后,固定自行车刹车线的支架上设置的弹簧又会使自行车刹车线从转向轴处退走。
关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。见附图1。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔。将机动车辆手动油门设备主件上相应的位置设置一个螺钉孔。可以用螺钉将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动。将自行车刹车线6的芯线8固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11的移动原件3上。见附图1。在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备旋钮式手动部件。自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在旋钮式手动部件上。旋钮式手动部件有一个旋钮。自行车刹车线另一端的外套安装在旋钮式手动部件的固定设施上。或者安装在旋钮式手动部件旁车辆的设备上。自行车刹车线另一端的刹车线芯线缠绕在旋钮式手动部件的旋钮上。
这个旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动。如旋钮的轴与固定旋钮的部件都用橡胶或者软塑料制造。这样旋钮的轴与固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦就会很大。或者旋钮的轴32下部有五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体33。有一个环结构35围着旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体33。环结构35内一周有曲片结构34。曲片结构34固定在环结构35内一周。曲片结构34凸出部分正对旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体33之间的空挡。如果转动旋钮,当旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体33正对曲片结构34的凸出部分时,由于曲片结构34有弹性所以转动的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体33能顺利通过曲片结构34的凸出部分。见附图7。
这样人用手扭动旋钮上的柄转动刹车线芯线就绕在旋钮上了。自行车刹车线6的芯线8安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上的移动原件3上的一端,就带动移动原件3移动。自行车刹车线6的芯线8安装在位移传感器1的移动端2上,就带动位移传感器1的移动端2移动。与移动原件3相连的位移传感器1在监测到移动原件3移动后,或者位移传感器1感知到移动端2的位置发生变化后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动 机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提高。
当人用手扭动旋钮式手动部件旋钮上的柄向反方向转动,绕在旋钮上的刹车线芯线就松开了。刹车线芯线松开后,机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上的移动原件3、或者位移传感器1的移动端2在设置的弹簧4的作用下回归原位。位移传感器1又会将感知的信息瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
或者,旋钮式手动部件旋钮转动的幅度设置成刻度。使人知道油门开、关的程度。
自行车刹车线用现有的自行车刹车线。或者自己制造一种自行车刹车线。自己制造的这种自行车刹车线,芯线在外套中要求非常宽松。能够非常容易地在外套中移动。
当然,汽车在启动时,汽车在怠速状态,发动机的怠速控制有两种,一种为节气门旁通型,发动机不踩油门踏板时,节气门为关闭状态,汽车启动怠速时空气通过旁通通道进入汽缸,由怠速控制阀来控制进气的多少从而来控制发动机怠速时的转速。另一种为节气门控制进气量型,为了保持发动机的怠速运转,节气门会有一定的开度,这是节气门的最小开度值。
在使用电子油门的机动车辆上,在使用手动油门设备的基础上使用脚动油门。脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件。
脚动油门踏板的安装,如果便于使用地板式脚动油门踏板,地板式脚动油门踏板的安装有两种安装方式。见附图5。一种是在地板式脚动油门踏板的前下方设置一个管物22。管物22和支撑架23固定在一起。支撑架23安装在机动车辆车体结构16上。在地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部设置一个棍状物24。棍状物24和地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部连在一起。棍状物24和地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部相连的地方是一个关节25。使地板式脚动油门踏板能在棍状物上活动。如果棍状物和地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部相连的地方没有关节,地板式脚动油门踏板就无法在棍状物上活动。就无法有效操控油门。如将棍状物上的关节设置成用一个销子将棍状物上端设置的孔和脚动油门踏板的前下部设置的孔安装在一起。将棍状物24插在管物22中。棍状物24的下端和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起。或者和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起。在机动车辆车体结构上垂直设置一个小桩体17。小桩体17上端有一个水平孔18。同时设置一对并列的一样长的短条体19。短条体19中部有水平孔。短条体19的一端通过一个转轴和脚动油门踏板20的一端连接在一起。这一端朝下,放驾驶员的脚的后部。短条体19的另一端通过一个弹簧21和脚动油门踏板20的另一端安装在一起。另一端朝上,放驾驶员的脚的前部。将并列的一样长的短条体19夹着小桩体17上端。并使孔对齐。然后用螺钉将短条体19和小桩体17固定在一起。脚动油门踏板就算安装好了。地 板式脚动油门踏板下方设置的弹簧21用于使地板式脚动油门踏板回归原位。这种脚动油门踏板可以取下不用。将固定短条体和小桩体的螺钉取下,将将棍状物上端的孔和脚动油门踏板的前下部设置的孔安装在一起的销子取下,就可以取走脚动油门踏板了。
或者,棍状物24的下端通过一个中间部件和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起。或者棍状物24的下端通过一个中间部件和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起。
如果机动车辆便于使用悬挂式脚动油门踏板,悬挂式脚动油门踏板的安装也有两种安装方式。一种是在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上方设置一个管物。管物和支撑架固定在一起。支撑架安装在机动车辆车体结构上。在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上部设置一个棍状物。棍状物和悬挂式脚动油门踏板的对接体连在一起。对接体固定在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的下部。对接体伸出棍物和棍状物连接在一起。棍状物插在管物中。棍状物的上端和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起、或者和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起。在棍状物上设置一个环。一个弹簧勾在环上。弹簧的另一端安装在支架上。支架固定在车辆的车体上。这个弹簧用于使悬挂式脚动油门踏板回归原位。
棍状物是直接和悬挂式脚动油门踏板的对接体连在一起。或者棍状物和悬挂式脚动油门踏板的对接体的连接是活动的。当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从棍状物上取下。如在棍状物的端头上设置一个小片物。小片物上有螺钉孔。将脚动油门踏板对接体的端头上也设置一个小片物。小片物上也有一些螺钉孔。这样就可以通过螺钉将脚动油门踏板和棍状物连接在一起。在不使用脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从棍状物上取下。
悬挂式脚动油门踏板的另一种安装方式。是在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上方设置一个支架。支架安装在机动车辆车体结构上。悬挂式脚动油门踏板通过连接体上的一个转轴安装在支架上。支架设置有弹簧连接着和悬挂式脚动油门踏板一体的连接体。连接体通过一个连接部件连接着机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件、或者连接着位移传感器的移动端。
悬挂式脚动油门踏板直接通过连接体上的一个转轴安装在支架上。或者连接体在中部是断开的。当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从断开处取下。如在断开处的端头上各设置一个小片物。小片物上设置一些螺钉孔。这样就可以通过螺钉将连接体在中部的断开处连接在一起。在不使用脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从断开处取下。连接部件如果安装在支架一方不用理会。连接部件如果安装在脚动油门踏板一方,也做成活动的。
这样机动车辆驾驶员的脚踩在脚动油门踏板上后,由于脚动油门踏板的相关部件和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起、移动原件又和位移传感器的移动端连接在一起;位移传感器监测到移动原件移动,或者位移传感器感知到信息,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控 制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提高。当机动车辆驾驶员的脚离开脚动油门踏板上后,脚动油门踏板在弹簧的作用下回归原位。与脚动油门踏板相连的位移感应器在监测到移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
这样,在使用电子油门的机动车辆上,手动油门设备可以独立使用。设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件,和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的可移动的移动原件。手动部件连接移动原件。移动原件又连接位移传感器的移动端。同时安装一个脚动油门踏板。喜好用脚动油门踏板就用脚动油门踏板。喜好用手动油门设备就用手动油门设备。
实施例二、在实施例一的基础上,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件移动。位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之上。见附图3。机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件3和位移传感器的移动端2是一体的。位移传感器的移动端2就是移动原件3。如将位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之上。移动原件和电位器式位移传感器的可移动电刷是一体的。移动原件的位移引起电位器移动端的电阻变化。阻值的变化量反映了位移的量值,阻值的增加还是减小则表明了位移的方向。于是位移传感器就把移动原件移动的物理量转换为电量输出。ECU电控单元得到相关信息后,通过执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
对于电子油门,在使用手动油门设备控制油门的基础上使用脚动油门踏板控制油门。脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件。见附图3。
实施例三、在实施例一、实施例二的基础上,机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件即位移传感器1的移动端2移动。设计制造一个安装部件。将位移传感器直接安装在安装部件上。见附图4。使手动部件直接连接位移传感器1的移动端2。或者,脚动油门踏板能够同时控制安装部件上的移动原件;
实施例四、在实施例一、实施例二、实施例三的基础上,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件即位移传感器1的移动端2移动。设计制造一个安装部件。将位移传感器直接安装在安装部件上。如附图4。将自行车刹车线6的外套端部7安装在安装部件15上。如将自行车刹车线6的外套端部7设置一个孔,将安装部件15上设置一个螺钉孔,用螺钉将外套端部7安装 在安装部件15上。使手动部件即自行车刹车线6的芯线8直接连接位移传感器1的移动端2。手动部件即自行车刹车线的另一端安装在驾驶室司机座位旁。或者安装在方向盘上。将手动部件即自行车刹车线的另一端设置一个手动塞子。手动塞子就是在一个管中设置一个塞子。塞子和管的摩擦力较大,要人用手才能移动塞子。如塞子和管都用橡胶或者软塑料制造。这样塞子和管之间的磨擦就会很大。塞子的一端连接着自行车刹车线的芯线。塞子的另一端是手动把手。驾驶员用手拉动塞子上的手动把手,或者用手推动塞子上的手动把手;塞子带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动。自行车刹车线的芯线移动就带动自行车刹车线的另一端连接的位移传感器1的移动端2移动。
位移传感器移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
手动部件自行车刹车线的另一端的手动塞子如果设置在驾驶室司机座位旁,将自行车刹车线牵到就行了。
手动部件自行车刹车线的另一端的手动塞子如果设置在方向盘上。先设置一个铺设自行车刹车线的通道。
安装位移传感器1的安装部件15设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。
脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆安装部件上的移动原件;用手动塞子就不用脚动油门踏板。不用手动塞子时可以用脚动油门踏板控制油门。脚动油门踏板直接连接位移传感器1的移动端2。用脚动油门踏板时,在脚动油门踏板处和位移传感器1的移动端2处都设置弹簧。弹簧4能使位移传感器1的移动端2回归原位。
实施例五、在前面的实施例的基础上,关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔。将机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个能够上螺钉的螺钉孔。这样就能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动。将自行车刹车线6的芯线8固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11的移动原件3上。见附图1。当移动原件3和位移传感器1的移动端2是一体时,将自行车刹车线6的芯线8固定在位移传感器1的移动端2上。见附图3。当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件11和移动原件3时,将自行车刹车线6的芯线8固定在位移传感器1的移动端2上。见附图4。和机动车辆方向盘架管27平行设置一个管设备26。管设备26是直管。或者是弯曲的管。管设备26一端开 口在机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件附近。或者距离机动车辆手动油门设备主件有一定距离。管设备26另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴29旁。即管设备26在机动车辆方向盘座中。方向盘座就是机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴29安装的、包裹机动车辆方向盘架管27等设备的那一部分。将自行车刹车线6的另一端从管设备26的靠机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向的一端穿入。在穿入管设备26之前,为了防止自行车刹车线6的扭动影响到自行车刹车线安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上的部分。可以将自行车刹车线6固定在一个支架上。支架安装在车辆结构上。固定不能使自行车刹车线的芯线不能灵活拉动。同时一节弹簧的一端固定在支架上。弹簧的另一端和自行车刹车线的外套固定在一起。如用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线的外套上。自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的。然后将弹簧的一端和包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮固定在一起。如将弹簧的端部设置一个金属片。金属片上有孔。包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮上也有孔。这样就能够用螺钉将二者固定在一起。弹簧之间的自行车刹车线是弯曲的。自行车刹车线从管设备26的靠机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向的一端穿入后,从管设备26另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴29旁穿出。
在方向盘的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒28。管筒的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴29旁,管筒的另一端在方向盘面上。自行车刹车线从管设备26穿出后,又从方向盘中部的管筒28穿过,到了方向盘面的中部。见附图6。如此设置,在车辆转大弯时自行车刹车线就会绕在车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴29旁上。车辆过了弯后,固定自行车刹车线6的支架上设置的弹簧又会使自行车刹车线6从转向轴29处退走。见附图6。从方向盘31的中部到方向盘的圆周设置一个管状物36。见附图8。管状物36的水平中轴线的下部和方向盘31设置在一起。管状物36的水平中轴线的上部是活动的。能够通过螺钉上在管状物36的水平中轴线的下部上。从方向盘31中部的管筒28中穿过的自行车刹车线6安放在管状物36中。在管状物36的中间位置38将自行车刹车线的外套固定在管状物36的水平中轴线的下部上。在管状物36和方向盘31的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处37,将自行车刹车线的外套安装在那里。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔。将管状物和方向盘的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处也设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔。这样能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套安装在管状物和方向盘的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处。
与此同时将自行车刹车线的芯线39安装在一带状物40宽的一方的中间位置。带状物40就是一个带子。它比布料具有硬度,不会卷在一起。但是又不是硬质的,能够折叠。带状物40可以用布料、化纤原料制造。自行车刹车线的芯线39在带状物40上的安装,可以是将自行车刹车线的芯线39从带状物40宽的一方的中间位置设置的孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线 的芯线39的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起,用铁皮把自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起的部分包起来,再用机械把包起来的铁皮压紧。使自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线不会松脱。就像用打包机把包着打包带节头的铁皮压紧使它们不松脱一样。带状物40宽的一方的中间位置设置的孔有金属包口。所谓金属包口就是布料、化纤料的提包类上设置的孔常用的那种金属包口。这样使孔结实。不至于孔承力后孔处的布料、化纤料越来越松脱,孔越来越大。将带状物40安放在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中。带状物40必须立着安放在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中。所谓立着安放就是带状物40宽的一方和水平面垂直。带状物40长的一方和机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔并行。带状物40的另一端安装在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的另一方。安装的方法就是如在带状物40的另一端的中间位置设置一个孔。孔设置成金属包口。然后用螺钉把带状物40的另一端安装在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的另一方设置的螺钉孔处。带状物40在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中的安装,要求带状物40完全伸展开后、在带状物带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动,自行车刹车线的芯线又带动机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上设置的移动原件3移动,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上设置的弹簧4被压缩到极限、移动原件3移动到极限、机动车辆油门被加大到极限时,带状物40不贴在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘外的一方上。但是又不能存在太大的空隙。
在方向盘31圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘中心位置方向设置多个孔格。孔格都朝向方向盘的中心方向。孔格之间是隔壁。孔格之间的隔壁和方向盘的圆周轴线垂直。孔格的上下方是孔格上壁、孔格下壁。孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口42的尺寸、和孔格靠方向盘外方向的孔格口41的尺寸,小于孔格内部的尺寸。在每一个孔格中安放一个开关塞43。开关塞43由一个框架和框架中安装的弹性物体46构成。开关塞43的框架由十二个框架条构成。在框架靠方向盘31中心方向的上、下两个框架条,和框架靠方向盘外的方向的上、下两个框架条,是直状形的、或者是弯状形。其余的框架条都是直状形。每一个框架条都由互相垂直的两个侧面构成47。框架条上设置有耳状片。耳状片上有螺钉孔。框架条上相应的位置也有螺钉孔。这样框架条通过螺钉就能够组装成框架。组装成框架的框架条的阴角都相对于框架的中心朝外。框架中安装的弹性物体是一整块弹性物体。一整块弹性物体由橡胶或者是软塑料制成。一整块弹性物体的六个面都是凸出框架的。凸出框架的一整块弹性物体的六个面的接触孔格之间的隔壁的左、右面,和接触孔格上壁、孔格下壁的上、下面,都是平面。一整块弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘外的方向的一面,是平面或者是平面略呈弧形。和一整块弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘外的方向的一面对应的机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的壁的形状吻合。即一整块弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘外的方向的一面和对应的机动车辆方向盘圆 周上设置的管腔的壁贴在一起后没有空隙很吻合。一整块弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘中心方向的一面的中部的形状,便于人的手指压按。即形状呈平面或近似平面。人的手指压按上后有一种舒适感。一整块弹性物体的六个面的接触孔格之间的隔壁的左、右面,和接触孔格上壁、孔格下壁的上、下面,和孔格之间的隔壁接触在一起后,和孔格上壁、孔格下壁接触在一起后,它们之间的摩擦力较大、人要用力才能使开关塞43移动。开关塞43的框架靠方向盘外的一方到框架靠方向盘中心方向的一方的尺寸,小于孔格靠方向盘外的一方到孔格靠方向盘中心方向的一方的尺寸。于是开关塞43能够在孔格中从方向盘外向方向盘中心方向上移动。
或者开关塞43框架中安装的弹性物体不是一整块弹性物体。只是在一块硬质物体上、也就是在开关塞的接触孔格之间的隔壁的左、右面上,和接触孔格上壁、孔格下壁的上、下面上安装弹性物体。目的是使开关塞43和孔格之间的隔壁接触在一起后,和孔格上壁、孔格下壁接触在一起后,它们之间的摩擦力较大、人要用力才能使开关塞43移动。或者开关塞43框架中安装的弹性物体,除去朝向方向盘中心方向的一面其余的五面都是一个整体。目的是使开关塞和孔格之间的隔壁接触在一起后,和孔格上壁、孔格下壁接触在一起后,它们之间的摩擦力较大、人要用力才能使开关塞43移动。开关塞43朝向方向盘中心方向的一面是单独安装的。这一面的形状,便于人的手指压按。即形状呈平面或近似平面。人的手指压按上后有一种舒适感。这一面不是弹性物体。是用螺钉安装在开关塞43的框架朝向机动车辆方向盘中心方向的框架条上的。机动车辆方向盘31圆周上设置的管腔中设置的多个开关塞43,全部移动到靠方向盘外方向。多个开关塞43朝向方向盘31外的一方共同推动机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中安装的带状物40完全伸展开,带状物40完全伸展开后、带状物40带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动,自行车刹车线的芯线又带动机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上设置的移动原件3移动,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上设置的弹簧4被压缩到极限、移动原件3移动到极限、机动车辆油门被加大到极限。这时带状物不贴在机动车辆方向盘31圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘外的一方上。它们之间的空隙又不是太大。如果多个开关塞43部分移动到靠方向盘31外方向。那么机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上设置的弹簧4就部分被压缩、移动原件3就移动部分的距离、机动车辆油门就部分被加大。如此就能控制机动车辆油门。人为使几个开关塞43移动到靠方向盘31外方向,就能使油门的开度控制在需要的刻度。
当机动车辆朝正前方行驶时,将机动车辆方向盘31圆周上设置的控制油门的管腔和开关塞43设置在方向盘的左方或右方。同时在方向盘31上设置的控制油门的管腔和开关塞43的方向盘的相反的方向上设置同样结构的管腔和开关塞。但是不控制油门。只是起配合控制油门的作用。所谓相反的方向上,就是如果控制油门的管腔和开关塞43设置在方向盘的左方; 那么配合控制油门的管腔和开关塞就设置在方向盘的右方。如果控制油门的管腔和开关塞43设置在方向盘的右方;那么配合控制油门的管腔和开关塞就设置在方向盘的左方。在每一个开关塞43的框架朝向方向盘中心方向的四个角上设置钢丝。钢丝要穿过方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口42壁。前面已经说过孔格口42的尺寸小于孔格内部的尺寸。也就是说孔格口存在孔格口壁
同时第一个控制油门的开关塞43的上方左边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方左边设置的钢丝相连。要求控制油门的开关塞43完全移动到方向盘31外、配合控制油门的开关塞完全移动到靠方向盘31中心方向时,钢丝是完全伸直的。第一个控制油门的开关塞43的上方右边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方右边设置的钢丝相连。第一个控制油门的开关塞43的下方左边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方左边设置的钢丝相连。第一个控制油门的开关塞43的下方右边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方右边设置的钢丝相连。第二个、第三个以至多个控制油门的开关塞43上的钢丝,都是如此和第二个、第三个以至多个配合控制油门的开关塞上的钢丝相连。
这些相连的钢丝如果不桥归桥、路归路地分开放置,必然纠缠在一起。影响开关塞的移动。
由于在方向盘31圆周上设置的管腔的孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口42的尺寸,小于孔格内部的尺寸。使孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口42处的孔格上壁52略伸出孔格口。使孔格靠方向盘31中心方向的孔格口42处的孔格下壁伸出孔格口。在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上设置供设置钢丝的细管。控制油门的开关塞43处在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上,和配合控制油门的开关塞处在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上,设置一样的供设置钢丝的细管。并且,第一个控制油门的开关塞43的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝,和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝相连44后,设置在伸出的孔格上壁上设置的一个细管45中。这个细管45设置在机动车辆方向盘31圆盘上。这个细管45从第一个控制油门的开关塞43所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁上,一直到第一个配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁上,是一个整体。以此类推,第一个控制油门的开关塞43的下方左边和右边设置的钢丝,和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方左边和右边设置的钢丝相连后,设置在伸出的孔格下壁上设置的一个细管中。这个细管设置在机动车辆方向盘31圆盘上。这个细管从第一个控制油门的开关塞43所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁上,一直到第一个配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁上,是一个整体。第二个、第三个以至多个控制油门的开关塞43上和配合控制油门的开关塞上的钢丝都是如此设置。这样 通过手指的压按使控制油门的开关塞43向方向盘外方向移动能够使油门加大。同时通过另一个手的手指的压按使配合控制油门的开关塞向方向盘外方向移动,能够通过钢丝带动控制油门的开关塞43向方向盘中心方向移动使控制油门的开关塞43回到原位,使油门又被变小。如此操作就能够控制使油门变大、使油门变小。如此就实现了油门由脚动为手动。见附图8、附图9、附图10。
也就是说通过驾驶员手指的压按使控制油门的开关塞43向方向盘外方向移动。开关塞43向方向盘外方向移动又推动带状物40带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动。而自行车刹车线芯线安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上的移动原件3上,自行车刹车线6的芯线8移动就带动移动原件3移动。与移动原件3相连的位移感应器1在监测到移动原件3移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提高。
当驾驶员另一只手的手指压按使配合控制油门的开关塞向方向盘外方向移动,通过钢丝带动控制油门的开关塞43向方向盘中心方向移动使控制油门的开关塞43回到原位。控制油门的开关塞43回到原位后,和刹车线芯线相连的带状物40就失去了支撑。和刹车线芯线相连的带状物失去了支撑后,和带状物40相连的刹车线芯线另一端的机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上的移动原件3在弹簧4的作用下回归原位。与移动原件3相连的位移感应器1在监测到移动原件移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
这里还有一个问题,在急转弯时驾驶员的手会不会无意中碰到控制油门的开关塞43和配合控制油门的开关塞?使控制油门的开关塞43和配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁加厚53。使控制油门的开关塞43和配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁,在开关塞全部移动到朝向机动车辆方向盘31中心方向时伸出超过开关塞并加厚54。或者在控制油门的开关塞和配合控制油门的开关塞的上面、下面设置板结构。使开关塞夹在板结构之间。这样驾驶员从方向盘31内弯握住开关塞43所在的方向盘部分时,在开关塞全部移动到朝向机动车辆方向盘31中心方向时,就不会碰到开关塞43。如此就能保证在急转弯时驾驶员的手不会无意中碰到控制油门的开关塞43和配合控制油门的开关塞。控制油门的开关塞43和配合控制油门的开关塞分别设置成不同的鲜艳颜色。便于驾驶员及时操控。
自行车刹车线用现有的自行车刹车线。或者自己制造一种自行车刹车线。自己制造的这种自行车刹车线,芯线在外套中要求非常宽松。能够非常容易地在外套中移动。
在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门设备控制油门。
实施例六、在前面的实施例的基础上,关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端外套的端部7安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部7设置成能够上螺钉的孔。将机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上设置一个能够上螺钉的螺钉孔。这样就能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套7安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上。将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动。将自行车刹车线6的芯线8固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件11的移动原件3上。见附图1。当移动原件3和位移传感器1的移动端2是一体时,将自行车刹车线6的芯线8固定在位移传感器1的移动端2上。见附图3。当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件11和移动原件3时,将自行车刹车线6的芯线8固定在位移传感器1的移动端2上。见附图4。在机动车辆驾驶室方向盘旁设置一个固定架55。固定架安装在机动车辆车体上。将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上61。如用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线另一端的外套上。自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的。将包着自行车刹车线另一端的外套的铁皮设置一个能够上螺钉的孔。将固定架上同样设置一个孔。然后用螺钉将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上。在固定架上和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直设置一个提环架56。提环架有两个小圆环57。小圆环57的平面和机动车辆的方向盘面平行。两个小圆环57都在和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直的轴线上。将两个小圆环固定在提环架56上。如将两个小圆环57焊接在提环架56上。有一个提环杆58的杆部插在两个小圆环57的环孔中。提环杆58靠近方向盘处的上部是提环59。提环59就是一个环状部件。驾驶员能够用手提起。提环杆的下部的端头有一个小孔60。将自行车刹车线的芯线62从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定。如用铁皮把自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起的部分包起来,再用机械把包起来的铁皮压紧。使自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线不会松脱开。将自行车刹车线的外套的端部61固定在提环架56上。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部61设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔。将提环架56相应的位置处也设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔。这样就能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套固定在提环架56上。见附图11。
这样在开车时驾驶员手提起提环杆58上的提环59,提环杆58的下部就带动自行车刹车线芯线62移动。自行车刹车线芯线移动就拉动机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上的移动原件3移动。与移动原件3相连的位移传感器1在监测到移动原件3移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提高。当驾驶员手松开提环杆58上的提环59,刹车线芯线另一 端的机动车辆手动油门设备主件11上的移动原件3在弹簧4的作用下回归原位。与移动原件3相连的位移传感器1在监测到移动原件3移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。见附图11。
自行车刹车线用现有的自行车刹车线。或者自己制造一种自行车刹车线。自己制造的这种自行车刹车线,芯线在外套中要求非常宽松。能够非常容易地在外套中移动。
在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门设备控制油门。
实施例七、在前面的实施例的基础上,机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件移动。首先是设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件。见附图12。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件3。机动车辆手动油门设备主件上有限制设施使移动原件3只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动。同时机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧4,能使移动原件3自动回到原位。即外力使移动原件发生位移后,在外力去除后弹簧4能使移动原件3回到原位。
将位移传感器1设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。位移传感器1的移动端2和移动原件3是一体的。位移传感器1的移动端2就是移动原件3。
和移动原件2、3相联设置一个齿条63。齿条63设置在滑槽中。滑槽固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。设置一个微型电动机64。微型电动机64安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。或者安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件旁。微型电动机64的轴上安装一个单向传动的齿轮65。所谓单向传动的齿轮就是如和自行车后轮同轴的链传动的从动轮。它只对一个方向产生传递作用。如人向前踩自行车脚踏板能带动自行车向前运动。人向后踩自行车脚踏板并不能带动自行车向后运动。微型电动机64的轴上安装的单向传动的齿轮65,和与移动原件2、3相联的齿条63对接。这样电动机通电后电动机就带动单向传动的齿轮65转动。单向传动的齿轮65又带动与移动原件2、3相联的齿条63运动。移动原件跟着移动。
移动原件2、3移动后,或者位移传感器的移动端移动后,位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后或者感知移动端移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提高。
当电动机断电后,电动机的转子就失去了电磁场的作用力。电动机的转子失去了电磁场的作用力后,电动机的转子就基本可以自由转动了。与此同时,电动机的轴上安装的是单向 传动的齿轮。于是当电动机断电后,机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的弹簧4的弹力,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的移动原件回归原位。与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个限制设施66。限制设施66能限制齿条63运动的极限。也就是限制和齿条63相联的机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的移动原件2、3的移动极限。同时也是限制移动原件通过位移传感器影响的油门的开度。如果将机动车辆巡航速度需要的油门的开度对应的移动原件的移动位置,设置成移动极限。设置成齿条63运动的极限。那么,电动机通电后电动机就带动单向传动的齿轮65转动。单向传动的齿轮又带动与移动原件相连的齿条运动。齿条63运动到机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的限制设施66处,齿条63就无法再运动了。于是移动原件跟着移动到一定位置也无法移动了。与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动的状况后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。这个开度就是机动车辆实现巡航速度需要的开度。这样当机动车辆需要巡航行驶时,利用电动控制就行了。不需要脚动踏板控制。当电动机断电后,电动机的转子就失去了电磁场的作用力。电动机的转子失去了电磁场的作用力后,电动机的转子就基本可以自由转动了。此时可以通过脚动控制踏板了。脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件;
控制微型电动机64的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。或者设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘外,将电源开关的电源线牵到即可。
如果将电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上,就需要设置电源开关的电源线通道。具体的就是和机动车辆方向盘架管平行设置一个管设备。管设备是直管。或者是弯曲的管。管设备一端开口在机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件附近。或者距离机动车辆手动油门设备主件有一定距离。管设备另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁。即管设备在机动车辆方向盘座中。方向盘座就是机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴安装的、包裹机动车辆方向盘架管等设备的那一部分。将微型电动机控制开关的电源线从管设备的靠机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向的一端穿入。从管设备另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁穿出。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向管设备外设置一个弹簧。弹簧的一端固定在车辆的车体上。或者固定在安装在车辆车体上的支架上。弹簧的另一端固 定在微型电动机控制开关的电源线上。方法是如用一铁皮包在微型电动机控制开关的电源线上。将弹簧的一端和包着微型电动机控制开关的电源线的铁皮固定在一起。如将弹簧的端部设置一个金属片。金属片上有孔。包着微型电动机控制开关的电源线的铁皮上也有孔。这样就能够用螺钉将二者固定在一起。在方向盘的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒。管筒的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁,管筒的另一端在方向盘面上。微型电动机控制开关的电源线从管设备穿出后,又从方向盘中部的管筒穿过,到了方向盘面的中部和微型电动机控制开关对接在一起。有关设置和附图6近似。
机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。
实施例八、在实施例七的基础上,或者位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之外。位移传感器的移动端通过一个连接部件和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件连接。或者位移传感器的移动端通过一个连接部件和齿条连接。
实施例九、在前面的实施例的基础上,机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件移动。首先是设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件。在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件。机动车辆手动油门设备主件上有限制设施使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动。同时机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧,能使移动原件自动回到原位。即外力使移动原件发生位移后,在外力去除后弹簧能使移动原件回到原位。
将位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。位移传感器的移动端和移动原件是一体的。位移传感器的移动端就是移动原件。如附图12。
和移动原件相联设置一个齿条。齿条设置在滑槽中。滑槽固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。设置一个微型微速电动机。微型微速电动机安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。或者安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件旁。齿条和微型微速电动机的轴垂直。微型微速电动机的轴上安装一个齿轮。微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,和与移动原件相联的齿条对接。或者微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,通过一个变速机制和与移动原件相联的齿条对接。即设置一个齿轮和齿条对接。设置的齿轮通过安装架安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮又和设置的齿轮对接。这样电动机通电后电动机就带动齿轮转动。齿轮又带动与移动原件相联的齿条运动。移动原件跟着移动。
微型微速电动机由双向开关控制。即微型微速电动机既可以正转、又可以反转。机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有限制机制,限制着齿条运动的上限和下限。即位移传感器的移动端移动的上限和下限,也就是油门开度的最大和最小就是齿条运动的上限和下限。
机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件移动后,或者位移传感器的移动端移动后,位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后或者感知移动端移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
当微型微速电动机断电后,微型微速电动机停止转动。与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件停止移动后,或者感知移动端停止移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构使节气门的开度停止调整。使机动车辆的动力停止调整。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。或者设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。电源开关设置在方向盘上,可以设置在方向盘中部。或者设置在方向盘上驾驶员握方向盘的位置的手边。这样便于操作。电源开关是按钮式双向开关。按钮式双向开关有两个。一个开关控制微型微速电动机正转。一个开关控制微型微速电动机反转。两个开关可以设置成不同的颜色。启动微型微速电动机正转后,油门逐渐变大。再按一下控制微型微速电动机正转的开关。微型微速电动机停止转动,油门停止变大。按下控制微型微速电动机反转的开关,油门逐渐变小。再按一下控制微型微速电动机反转的开关,油门停止变小。有关设置和附图12近似。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。将开关电源线牵到即可。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。要设置一个微型微速电动机电源开关电源线的通道。
机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。
在使用手动油门控制油门的基础上,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门。脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件。在不使用微型微速电动机时,可以使用脚动油门踏板。设置脚动油门踏板需要设置一个弹簧使脚动油门踏板归位。如果不使用脚动油门踏板,要用微型微速电动机及手动油门设备。应该使脚动油门踏板和移动原件脱离接触。避免脚动油门踏板设置的弹簧,在微型微速电动机断电时,使移动原件发生移动。
实施例十、在实施例九的基础上,位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之外。位移传感器的移动端通过一个连接部件和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件连接。或者位移传感器的移动端通过一个连接部件和齿条连接。
实施例十一、在前面的实施例的基础上,机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制位移传感器的移动端。可以直接将控制油门的位移传感器设置在机动车辆驾驶室驾驶员座位旁,或者设置在方向盘上。将位移传感器的移动端设置成手动开关。将位移传感器的移动端可移动的距离及油门的开度设置成刻度。这样可以直接通过控制位移传感器的移动端的移动距离,控制油门的大小。如果将位移传感器的移动端扳在油门大的位置,位移传感器会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到提升。如果将位移传感器的移动端扳在油门小的位置,位移传感器会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
如果将位移传感器设置在驾驶员座位旁的方向盘之外的地方,将数据线直接牵到就行了。如果将位移传感器设置在方向盘之上,需要设置位移传感器数据线的铺设通道。位移传感器数据线的铺设通道就是和机动车辆方向盘架管平行设置一个管设备。管设备是直管。或者是弯曲的管。管设备一端开口在机动车辆油门踏板方向。管设备另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁。即管设备在机动车辆方向盘座中。方向盘座就是机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴安装的、包裹机动车辆方向盘架管等设备的那一部分。将位移传感器的数据线从管设备的靠机动车辆油门踏板方向的一端穿入。在穿入管设备之前,或者将位移传感器的数据线固定在一个支架上。支架安装在车辆结构上。同时一节弹簧的一端固定在支架上。弹簧的另一端和位移传感器的数据线固定在一起。或者将位移传感器的数据线固定在车辆结构上,弹簧的一端也固定在车辆结构上。弹簧的另一端和位移传感器的数据线固定在一起。如用一铁皮包在位移传感器的数据线上。然后将弹簧的一端和包着位移传感器的数据线的铁皮固定在一起。如将弹簧的端部设置一个金属片。金属片上有孔。包着位移传感器的数据线的铁皮上也有孔。这样就能够用螺钉将二者固定在一起。弹簧之间的位移传感器的数据线是弯曲的。位移传感器的数据线从管设备的靠机动车辆油门踏板方向的一端穿入后,从管设备另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁穿出。
在方向盘的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒。管筒的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁,管筒的另一端在方向盘面上。位移传感器的数据线从管设备穿出后,又从方向盘中部的管筒穿过,到了方向盘面的中部。如此设置,在车辆转大弯时位移传感器的数据线就会绕在车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁上。车辆过了弯后,固定位移传感器的数据线的支架设 置的弹簧又会使位移传感器的数据线从转向轴处退走。位移传感器67在方向盘31上的设置,是设置在方向盘中部。或者设置在方向盘左手或右手边。见附图13。设置在手边的位移传感器可以将位移传感器做小一些。便于手指操作开关即位移传感器的移动端。
机动车辆油门控制设备,对于电子油门,在使用手动油门设备的基础上,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门。脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆位移传感器的移动端。
关于驾驶员直接将位移传感器的移动端当油门开关的手动油门设备。机动车辆手动油门设备独立使用控制油门;或者结合脚动油门踏板使用。如果位移传感器不是设置在方向盘上,那么直接将自行车刹车线的一端的端部固定在位移传感器旁。将自行车刹车线的芯线和位移传感器的移动端连接在一起。自行车刹车线的另一端连接油门踏板。
如果位移传感器设置在方向盘上,还得设置自行车刹车线的通道。
实施例十二、在前面的实施例的基础上,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。如将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔。将机动车辆手动油门设备主件上相应的位置设置一个螺钉孔。可以用螺钉将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上。将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动。将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件3上。当移动原件3和位移传感器的移动端2是一体时,将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端上。当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件和移动原件时,将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端2上。在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件。自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在拨杆式手动部件上。
机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆78式手动部件的下端有一个柄。柄中间有一个孔。拨杆78式手动部件设置在一个基座73上。基座73上通过螺钉固定有安装拨杆78式手动部件的设备74。安装拨杆78式手动部件的设备74是两个长方形的片状物。片状物的下端各有一个螺钉孔75。能够通过螺钉将片状物固定在基座的两端的凹形处。或者安装拨杆78式手动部件的设备74是两个凸字形的片状物。凸字形的片状物的下端各有两个螺钉孔75。能够通过螺钉83将凸字形的片状物固定在基座73的两端处。安装拨杆78式手动部件的设备74在基座上的部分各有一个螺钉孔76。这样就可以在拨杆78式手动部件下端的柄的孔的两面各加一个能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子79,垫子79自然中间是有孔的。然后将拨杆78式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子79的孔,对准安装拨杆78式手动部件的设备74上的孔76,加在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备74之间。最后用螺钉77从两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备74、及拨杆78式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子79的孔中穿过,并上好螺母。螺钉77、螺母 和安装拨杆式手动部件的设备74之间或者加垫子80。拨杆78式手动部件、能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子79、安装拨杆式手动部件的设备74之间或者加垫子。能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子79或者是一个弹簧结构。这样机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆78式手动部件的下端,就被牢牢地夹在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备74之间。两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备74又被固定在基座73上。基座73水平设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁。或者基座73垂直设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁。
自行车刹车线另一端的外套固定在基座73上,自行车刹车线另一端的芯线固定在拨杆78式手动部件上。机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆78,拨杆78就牵动自行车刹车线的芯线,从而也就牵动了位移传感器的移动端2。安装位移传感器的机动车辆手动油门设备主件11、安装部件15上设置有弹簧。当机动车辆的驾驶员用手向相反方向搬动拨杆78,拨杆78不再牵动自行车刹车线的芯线,安装位移传感器的机动车辆手动油门设备主件11、安装部件15上设置的弹簧,就会使位移传感器的移动端2回归原位。位移传感器的移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度。使机动车辆的动力得到调整。由于拨杆78式手动部件被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子79或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备74之间,所以只有机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动它才会动。
机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件的拨杆或者是杠杆。杠杆78如一个钩子。钩子的底端是杠杆的支点如一个柄。柄上有孔。孔被穿上螺钉,柄被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子79或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备74之间。钩子短的一段是杠杆的阻力臂82,用于固定自行车刹车线的芯线。钩子长的一段是杠杆的动力臂81。也就是机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动的部分。
机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆的量、或搬动杠杆的动力臂的量,在拨杆或杠杆的动力臂处设置成刻度。如此就能准确掌握机动车辆油门开、关的度,调整机动车辆的动力的度。
对于使用电子油门的机动车辆,在使用手动油门设备的同时,可以同时使用脚动油门踏板。机动车辆手动油门设备独立使用控制油门;或者结合脚动油门踏板使用。使用脚动油门踏板控制油门,脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件、安装部件上的移动原件,或者是位移传感器的移动端。
在使用手动油门设备的基础上使用脚动油门。脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件、安装部件上的移动原件。见附图15、16、17、18、19、20、21。
实施例十三、在前面的实施例的基础上,机动车辆油门控制设备,对于非电子的传统油 门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆。不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件。直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接。
如将自行车刹车线的外套固定在连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆附近的车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上。将自行车刹车线的芯线和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起。但是这些安装不能影响油门踏板的存在。或者连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接一个杠杆结构。见附图14。杠杆阻力臂的端部71和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起。杠杆的支点设置在连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆附近的车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上。将杠杆的动力臂的端部72和自行车刹车线的芯线对接。自行车刹车线的外套的端部固定在车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上。安装不能影响油门踏板有关设备的存在。连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆有弹簧设施使它们在失去外力控制后回归原位。
对于非电子的传统油门,在使用手动油门设备的同时,可以同时使用脚动油门踏板。脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆。喜好用脚动油门踏板就用脚动油门踏板。喜好用手动油门设备就用手动油门设备。
对于非电子的传统油门,脚动油门踏板的安装,或者采用传统油门踏板的安装方式。或者脚动油门踏板设置成活动的。当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板取下。如将脚动油门踏板和支架之间的连接体设置成从中部断开。在断开的两个端头上各设置一个小片物。小片物上都有螺钉孔。这样就可以通过螺钉将脚动油门踏板和支架连接在一起。在不使用脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从支架上取下。
实施例十四、在前面的实施例的基础上,机动车辆油门控制设备,对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆。不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件。直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接。
使连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆和一节齿条对接在一起。连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆也可以通过一个杠杆和一节齿条对接在一起。如杠杆阻力臂的端部和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆的一方对接在一起。杠杆的支点设置在连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆附近的车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上。将杠杆的动力臂的端部和齿条一方对接。在车体上设置一个滑槽,或者在固定在车体上的设备上设置一个滑槽。将齿条设置在滑槽中。设置一个微型电动机。微型电动机安装在车体上。或者安装在固定在车体上的设备上。微型电动机的轴上安装一个单向传动的齿轮。所谓单向传动的齿轮就是如和自行车后轮同轴的链传动的从动轮。它只对一个方向产生传递作用。如人向前踩自行车脚踏板能带动自行车向前 运动。人向后踩自行车脚踏板并不能带动自行车向后运动。微型电动机的轴上安装的单向传动的齿轮和齿条对接。这样电动机通电后电动机就带动单向传动的齿轮转动。单向传动的齿轮又带动齿条运动。齿条运动齿条对接的连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆被拉动。滑槽上有限制设施。使齿条运动的极限正好是机动车辆在巡航速度行驶时节气门的开度。当电动机断电后,设置的弹簧的弹力,使连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆回归原位。电动机等设备的安装不能影响油门踏板有关设备的存在。
控制微型电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。将开关电源线牵到即可。
控制微型电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。要设置电源线通道才能将微型电动机的电源开关电源线牵到。
至于电动驱使的手动油门设备,可以和脚动油门踏板结合使用。在机动车辆巡航速度行驶时,使用电动驱使的手动油门设备。就不用脚始终踩在在油门踏板上。在机动车辆不是巡航速度行驶时,可以使用脚动油门踏板。机动车辆手动油门设备独立使用控制油门;或者结合脚动油门踏板使用。
实施例十五、在前面的实施例的基础上,机动车辆油门控制设备,对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门。机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆。不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件。直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接。
首先是设计制造一个板块。在板块上固定一个滑槽。滑槽中设置一个齿条。齿条和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接。板块设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。如在一般的情况下,当机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部的位置比较富裕,便于设置板块时,将板块设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部。这种机动车辆一般是发动机设置在驾驶室的前部的。当机动车辆油门踏板的挡板处车辆的前部、前下部的位置不富裕,可以将板块设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的上方、上前方。这种机动车辆一般发动机不是设置在驾驶室的前部的。如面包车、中巴车、大巴车。
设置一个微型微速电动机。微型微速电动机安装在板块上。或者安装在板块旁。齿条和微型微速电动机的轴垂直。微型微速电动机的轴上安装一个齿轮。微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮和齿条对接。或者微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,通过一个变速机制和齿条对接。即设置一个齿轮和齿条对接。设置的齿轮通过安装架安装在板块上。微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮又和设置的齿轮对接。这样电动机通电后电动机就带动齿轮转动。齿轮又带动齿条运动。齿条运动就带动连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆移动。
微型微速电动机由双向开关控制。即微型微速电动机既可以正转、又可以反转。板块上 设置有限制机制,限制着齿条运动的上限和下限。即连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆移动的上限和下限,也就是油门开度的最大和最小就是齿条运动的上限和下限。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。或者设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。电源开关设置在方向盘上,可以设置在方向盘中部。或者设置在方向盘上驾驶员握方向盘的位置的手边。这样便于操作。电源开关是按钮式双向开关。按钮式双向开关有两个。一个开关控制微型微速电动机正转。一个开关控制微型微速电动机反转。两个开关可以设置成不同的颜色。启动微型微速电动机正转后,油门逐渐变大。再按一下控制微型微速电动机正转的开关。微型微速电动机停止转动,油门停止变大。按下控制微型微速电动机反转的开关,油门逐渐变小。再按一下控制微型微速电动机反转的开关,油门停止变小。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁。将开关电源线牵到即可。
控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上。要设置电源线通道才能将微型微速电动机的电源开关电源线牵到。
或者连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆通过一个杠杆和齿条对接。即杠杆的阻力臂对接连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆。杠杆的动力臂对接齿条。
在使用手动油门设备的基础上,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门。脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆。
在不使用微型微速电动机时,可以使用脚动油门踏板。设置脚动油门踏板需要设置一个弹簧使脚动油门踏板归位。如果不使用脚动油门踏板,要用微型微速电动机及手动油门设备。应该使脚动油门踏板和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆脱离接触。避免脚动油门踏板设置的弹簧,在微型微速电动机断电时,使连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆发生移动。

Claims (81)

  1. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件(3)移动;设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置一个可移动的移动原件(3);机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上有限制设施限制着移动原件(3);使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置有弹簧(4);当控制移动原件(3)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使移动原件(3)回归原位;将位移传感器(1)设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)之外;位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)通过一个连接件(9)连接着移动原件(3);移动原件(3)的位置发生变化能带动位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化;位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化后,位移传感器(1)会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件(3);关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在驾驶室司机座位旁,将自行车刹车线牵到就行了;自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在方向盘上,先设置一个铺设自行车刹车线的通道;自行车刹车线到了方向盘上后,或者直接将自行车刹车线的外套端部固定,将自行车刹车线的芯线和手动部件对接;或者先将自行车刹车线固定在方向盘上,牵到手动部件旁再和手动部件对接;在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备旋钮式手动部件;自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在旋钮式手动部件上;旋钮式手动部件有一个旋钮;自行车刹车线另一端的外套安装在旋钮式手动部件的固定设施上;或者安装在旋钮式手动部件旁车辆的设备上;自行车刹车线另一端的刹车线芯线缠绕在旋钮式手动部件的旋钮上;这个旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动;或者,旋钮式手动部件旋钮转动的幅度设置成刻度;使人知道油门开、关的程度。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:机动车辆手动油门设备手 动设备旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动;旋钮的轴(32)下部有五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33);有一个环结构(35)围着旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33);环结构35内一周有曲片结构(34);曲片结构(34)固定在环结构(35)内一周;曲片结构(34)凸出部分正对旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)之间的空挡;如果转动旋钮,当旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)正对曲片结构(34)的凸出部分时,由于曲片结构(34)有弹性所以转动的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)能顺利通过曲片结构(34)的凸出部分。
  3. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件(3)移动;设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置一个可移动的移动原件(3);机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上有限制设施限制着移动原件(3);使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置有弹簧(4);当控制移动原件(3)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使移动原件(3)回归原位;将位移传感器(1)设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)之外;位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)通过一个连接件(9)连接着移动原件(3);移动原件(3)的位置发生变化能带动位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化;位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化后,位移传感器(1)会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件(3);机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线8固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件11和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;在机动车辆驾驶室方向盘旁设置一个固定架(55);固定架安装在机动车辆车体上;将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上(61);在固定架上和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直设置一个提环架(56);提环架有两个小圆环(57);小圆环(57)的平面和机动车辆的方向盘面平行;两个小圆环(57)都在和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直的轴线上;将两个小圆环固定在提环架(56)上;有一个提环 杆(58)的杆部插在两个小圆环(57)的环孔中;提环杆(58)靠近方向盘处的上部是提环(59);提环(59)就是一个环状部件,驾驶员能够用手提起;提环杆的下部的端头有一个小孔60;将自行车刹车线的芯线62从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)固定在提环架(56)上;这样在开车时驾驶员手提起提环杆(58)上的提环(59),提环杆58的下部就带动自行车刹车线芯线62移动,自行车刹车线芯线移动就拉动机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)移动,与移动原件(3)相连的位移传感器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到提高;当驾驶员手松开提环杆(58)上的提环(59),刹车线芯线另一端的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)在弹簧(4)的作用下回归原位,与移动原件(3)相连的位移传感器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上(61);用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线另一端的外套上;自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的;将包着自行车刹车线另一端的外套的铁皮设置一个能够上螺钉的孔;将固定架上同样设置一个孔;然后用螺钉将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上。
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将两个小圆环固定在提环架(56)上;将两个小圆环(57)焊接在提环架(56)上。
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的芯线(62)从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定;用铁皮把自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起的部分包起来,再用机械把包起来的铁皮压紧,使自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线不会松脱开。
  7. 根据权利要求3所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)固定在提环架(56)上;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;将提环架(56)相应的位置处也设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;这样就能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套固定在提环架56上。
  8. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件(3)移动;设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置一个可移 动的移动原件(3);机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上有限制设施限制着移动原件(3);使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置有弹簧(4);当控制移动原件(3)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使移动原件(3)回归原位;将位移传感器(1)设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)之外;位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)通过一个连接件(9)连接着移动原件(3);移动原件(3)的位置发生变化能带动位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化;位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化后,位移传感器(1)会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件(3);关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔;将机动车辆手动油门设备主件上相应的位置设置一个螺钉孔;可以用螺钉将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件(3)上;在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件;自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在拨杆式手动部件上;机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆(78)式手动部件的下端有一个柄;柄中间有一个孔;拨杆(78)式手动部件设置在一个基座(73)上;基座(73)上通过螺钉固定有安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74);安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)是两个长方形的片状物;片状物的下端各有一个螺钉孔(75);能够通过螺钉将片状物固定在基座的两端的凹形处;或者安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)是两个凸字形的片状物;凸字形的片状物的下端各有两个螺钉孔(75);能够通过螺钉(83)将凸字形的片状物固定在基座(73)的两端处;安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)在基座上的部分各有一个螺钉孔(76);这样就可以在拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔的两面各加一个能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79),垫子(79)自然中间是有孔的,然后将拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子(79)的孔,对准安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)上的孔(76),加在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间,最后用螺钉(77)从两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)、及拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子(79)的孔中穿过,并上好螺母;螺钉(77)、螺母和安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间或者加垫子(80);拨杆(78)式手动部件、能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)、安装拨杆式手动部件的设备 (74)之间或者加垫子;能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者是一个弹簧结构;这样机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆(78)式手动部件的下端,就被牢牢地夹在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间;两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)又被固定在基座(73)上;基座(73)水平设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁;或者基座(73)垂直设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁;自行车刹车线另一端的外套固定在基座(73)上;自行车刹车线另一端的芯线固定在拨杆(78)式手动部件上;机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆(78),拨杆(78)就牵动自行车刹车线的芯线,从而也就牵动了位移传感器的移动端(2);安装位移传感器的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)、安装部件(15)上设置有弹簧;当机动车辆的驾驶员用手向相反方向搬动拨杆(78),拨杆(78)不再牵动自行车刹车线的芯线,安装位移传感器的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)、安装部件(15)上设置的弹簧,就会使位移传感器的移动端(2)回归原位;位移传感器的移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;由于拨杆(78)式手动部件被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间,所以只有机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动它才会动;机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件的拨杆或者是杠杆;杠杆(78)如一个钩子;钩子的底端是杠杆的支点如一个柄;柄上有孔;柄被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间;钩子短的一段是杠杆的阻力臂(82),用于固定自行车刹车线的芯线;钩子长的一段是杠杆的动力臂(81),也就是机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动的部分;机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆的量、或搬动杠杆的动力臂的量,在拨杆或杠杆的动力臂处设置成刻度;如此就能准确掌握机动车辆油门开、关的度,调整机动车辆的动力的度。
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上有限制设施限制着移动原件(3);使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置有弹簧(4);当控制移动原件(3)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使移动原件(3)回归原位;将机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)设置成长方体形;将移动原件(3)设置成长方条形;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置一个细长方形的缝隙(10);细长方形的缝隙(10)和长方体形的两条边平行;在移动原件(3)两端的中间位置设置一个螺钉孔;另外设置一个凸体;凸体一条边垂直于另一条边;一条边(12)的一端在另一条边(13)的中间位置;就像一个“凸”字;从“凸”字中间那一竖(12)的顶端到下面的边(13)的中心位置设置一个螺钉孔(14);然后将移动原件放置在长方体形的一面;使移动原件(3)垂直于长方形的缝隙(10);并将移动原件(3)上的螺钉 孔对着长方形的缝隙(10);然后从长方体形的另一面,将“凸”字上的那一竖(12)上的螺钉孔(14),对着移动原件(3)上的螺钉孔;用一个螺钉将凸体和移动原件(3)固定在一起,移动原件(3)就算安装在长方体形上了,也就是安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上了;移动原件(3)只能在长方体形上移动,也就是只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上移动;在长方体形上和移动原件(3)同在一个面,在缝隙(10)的两边各设置一个平行于缝隙的弹簧(4);两个弹簧(4)都垂直于移动原件(3);两个弹簧(4)的一端分别固定在移动原件(3)的两端;两个弹簧的另一端固定在长方体形上。
  10. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)移动;设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件(3);在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧(4);当控制移动原件(3)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使移动原件(3)回归原位;位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之上;机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件(3)和位移传感器的移动端(2)是一体的,位移传感器的移动端(2)就是移动原件(3);移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化,位移传感器(1)会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在驾驶室司机座位旁,将自行车刹车线牵到就行了;自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在方向盘上,先设置一个铺设自行车刹车线的通道;自行车刹车线到了方向盘上后,或者直接将自行车刹车线的外套端部固定,将自行车刹车线的芯线和手动部件对接;或者先将自行车刹车线固定在方向盘上,牵到手动部件旁再和手动部件对接;在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备旋钮式手动部件;自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在 旋钮式手动部件上;旋钮式手动部件有一个旋钮;自行车刹车线另一端的外套安装在旋钮式手动部件的固定设施上;或者安装在旋钮式手动部件旁车辆的设备上;自行车刹车线另一端的刹车线芯线缠绕在旋钮式手动部件的旋钮上;这个旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动;或者,旋钮式手动部件旋钮转动的幅度设置成刻度;使人知道油门开、关的程度。
  11. 根据权利要求10要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:机动车辆手动油门设备手动设备旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动;旋钮的轴(32)下部有五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33);有一个环结构(35)围着旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33);环结构35内一周有曲片结构(34);曲片结构(34)固定在环结构(35)内一周;曲片结构(34)凸出部分正对旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)之间的空挡;如果转动旋钮,当旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)正对曲片结构(34)的凸出部分时,由于曲片结构(34)有弹性所以转动的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)能顺利通过曲片结构(34)的凸出部分。
  12. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)移动;设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件(3);在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧(4);当控制移动原件(3)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使移动原件(3)回归原位;位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之上;机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件(3)和位移传感器的移动端(2)是一体的,位移传感器的移动端(2)就是移动原件(3);移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化,位移传感器(1)会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线8固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件11和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线 (6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;在机动车辆驾驶室方向盘旁设置一个固定架(55);固定架安装在机动车辆车体上;将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上(61);在固定架上和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直设置一个提环架(56);提环架有两个小圆环(57);小圆环(57)的平面和机动车辆的方向盘面平行;两个小圆环(57)都在和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直的轴线上;将两个小圆环固定在提环架(56)上;有一个提环杆(58)的杆部插在两个小圆环(57)的环孔中;提环杆(58)靠近方向盘处的上部是提环(59);提环(59)就是一个环状部件,驾驶员能够用手提起;提环杆的下部的端头有一个小孔60;将自行车刹车线的芯线62从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)固定在提环架(56)上;这样在开车时驾驶员手提起提环杆(58)上的提环(59),提环杆58的下部就带动自行车刹车线芯线62移动,自行车刹车线芯线移动就拉动机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)移动,与移动原件(3)相连的位移传感器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到提高;当驾驶员手松开提环杆(58)上的提环(59),刹车线芯线另一端的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)在弹簧(4)的作用下回归原位,与移动原件(3)相连的位移传感器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上(61);用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线另一端的外套上;自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的;将包着自行车刹车线另一端的外套的铁皮设置一个能够上螺钉的孔;将固定架上同样设置一个孔;然后用螺钉将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上。
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将两个小圆环固定在提环架(56)上;将两个小圆环(57)焊接在提环架(56)上。
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的芯线(62)从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定;用铁皮把自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起的部分包起来,再用机械把包起来的铁皮压紧,使自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线不会松脱开。
  16. 根据权利要求12所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的外套 的端部(61)固定在提环架(56)上;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;将提环架(56)相应的位置处也设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;这样就能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套固定在提环架56上。
  17. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)移动;设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件(3);在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧(4);当控制移动原件(3)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使移动原件(3)回归原位;位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之上;机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件(3)和位移传感器的移动端(2)是一体的,位移传感器的移动端(2)就是移动原件(3);移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化,位移传感器(1)会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔;将机动车辆手动油门设备主件上相应的位置设置一个螺钉孔;可以用螺钉将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;移动原件(3)和位移传感器的移动端(2)是一体;将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端上;在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件;自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在拨杆式手动部件上;机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆(78)式手动部件的下端有一个柄;柄中间有一个孔;拨杆(78)式手动部件设置在一个基座(73)上;基座(73)上通过螺钉固定有安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74);安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)是两个长方形的片状物;片状物的下端各有一个螺钉孔(75);能够通过螺钉将片状物固定在基座的两端的凹形处;或者安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)是两个凸字形的片状物;凸字形的片状物的下端各有两个螺钉孔(75);能够通过螺钉(83)将凸字形的片状物固定在基座(73)的两端处;安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)在基座上的部分各有一个螺钉孔(76);这样就可以在拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔的两面各加一个能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79),垫子(79)自然中间是有孔的,然后将拨杆(78)式手动 部件下端的柄的孔及垫子(79)的孔,对准安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)上的孔(76),加在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间,最后用螺钉(77)从两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)、及拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子(79)的孔中穿过,并上好螺母;螺钉(77)、螺母和安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间或者加垫子(80);拨杆(78)式手动部件、能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)、安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间或者加垫子;能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者是一个弹簧结构;这样机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆(78)式手动部件的下端,就被牢牢地夹在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间;两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)又被固定在基座(73)上;基座(73)水平设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁;或者基座(73)垂直设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁;自行车刹车线另一端的外套固定在基座(73)上;自行车刹车线另一端的芯线固定在拨杆(78)式手动部件上;机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆(78),拨杆(78)就牵动自行车刹车线的芯线,从而也就牵动了位移传感器的移动端(2);安装位移传感器的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)、安装部件(15)上设置有弹簧;当机动车辆的驾驶员用手向相反方向搬动拨杆(78),拨杆(78)不再牵动自行车刹车线的芯线,安装位移传感器的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)、安装部件(15)上设置的弹簧,就会使位移传感器的移动端(2)回归原位;位移传感器的移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;由于拨杆(78)式手动部件被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间,所以只有机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动它才会动;机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件的拨杆或者是杠杆;杠杆(78)如一个钩子;钩子的底端是杠杆的支点如一个柄;柄上有孔;柄被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间;钩子短的一段是杠杆的阻力臂(82),用于固定自行车刹车线的芯线;钩子长的一段是杠杆的动力臂(81),也就是机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动的部分;机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆的量、或搬动杠杆的动力臂的量,在拨杆或杠杆的动力臂处设置成刻度;如此就能准确掌握机动车辆油门开、关的度,调整机动车辆的动力的度。
  18. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);设计制造一个安装部件;将位移传感器直接安装在安装部件上;使手动部件直接连接位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);在安装位移传感器(1)的安装部件(15)上设置弹簧(4);当控制位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使位移传感器(1)的移 动端(2)回归原位;位移传感器移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;安装位移传感器(1)的安装部件(15)设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板直接连接位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在驾驶室司机座位旁,将自行车刹车线牵到就行了;自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在方向盘上,先设置一个铺设自行车刹车线的通道;自行车刹车线到了方向盘上后,或者直接将自行车刹车线的外套端部固定,将自行车刹车线的芯线和手动部件对接;或者先将自行车刹车线固定在方向盘上,牵到手动部件旁再和手动部件对接;在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备旋钮式手动部件;自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在旋钮式手动部件上;旋钮式手动部件有一个旋钮;自行车刹车线另一端的外套安装在旋钮式手动部件的固定设施上;或者安装在旋钮式手动部件旁车辆的设备上;自行车刹车线另一端的刹车线芯线缠绕在旋钮式手动部件的旋钮上;这个旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动;或者,旋钮式手动部件旋钮转动的幅度设置成刻度;使人知道油门开、关的程度。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:机动车辆手动油门设备手动设备旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动;旋钮的轴(32)下部有五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33);有一个环结构(35)围着旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33);环结构35内一周有曲片结构(34);曲片结构(34)固定在环结构(35)内一周;曲片结构(34)凸出部分正对旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)之间的空挡;如果转动旋钮,当旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)正对曲片结构(34)的凸出部分时,由于曲片结构(34)有弹性所以转动的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)能顺利通过曲片结构(34)的凸出部分。
  20. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控 制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);设计制造一个安装部件;将位移传感器直接安装在安装部件上;使手动部件直接连接位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);在安装位移传感器(1)的安装部件(15)上设置弹簧(4);当控制位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)回归原位;位移传感器移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;安装位移传感器(1)的安装部件(15)设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板直接连接位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线8固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件11和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;在机动车辆驾驶室方向盘旁设置一个固定架(55);固定架安装在机动车辆车体上;将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上(61);在固定架上和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直设置一个提环架(56);提环架有两个小圆环(57);小圆环(57)的平面和机动车辆的方向盘面平行;两个小圆环(57)都在和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直的轴线上;将两个小圆环固定在提环架(56)上;有一个提环杆(58)的杆部插在两个小圆环(57)的环孔中;提环杆(58)靠近方向盘处的上部是提环(59);提环(59)就是一个环状部件,驾驶员能够用手提起;提环杆的下部的端头有一个小孔60;将自行车刹车线的芯线62从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)固定在提环架(56)上;这样在开车时驾驶员手提起提环杆(58)上的提环(59),提环杆58的下部就带动自行车刹车线芯线62移动,自行车刹车线芯线移动就拉动机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)移动,与移动原件(3)相连的位移传感器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到提高;当驾驶员手松开提环杆(58)上的提环(59),刹车线芯线另一端的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)在弹簧(4)的作用下回归原位,与移动原件(3)相连的位移传感器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU 电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上(61);用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线另一端的外套上;自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的;将包着自行车刹车线另一端的外套的铁皮设置一个能够上螺钉的孔;将固定架上同样设置一个孔;然后用螺钉将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上。
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将两个小圆环固定在提环架(56)上;将两个小圆环(57)焊接在提环架(56)上。
  23. 根据权利要求20所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的芯线(62)从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定;用铁皮把自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起的部分包起来,再用机械把包起来的铁皮压紧,使自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线不会松脱开。
  24. 根据权利要求20所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)固定在提环架(56)上;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;将提环架(56)相应的位置处也设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;这样就能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套固定在提环架56上。
  25. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);设计制造一个安装部件;将位移传感器直接安装在安装部件上;使手动部件直接连接位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);在安装位移传感器(1)的安装部件(15)上设置弹簧(4);当控制位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)回归原位;位移传感器移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;安装位移传感器(1)的安装部件(15)设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板直接连接位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔;将机动车辆手动油门设备主件上相应的位置设置一个螺钉孔;可以用螺钉将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备 主件上;将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件(3)上;将自行车刹车线的芯线固定在位移传感器的移动端(2)上;在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件;自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在拨杆式手动部件上;机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆(78)式手动部件的下端有一个柄;柄中间有一个孔;拨杆(78)式手动部件设置在一个基座(73)上;基座(73)上通过螺钉固定有安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74);安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)是两个长方形的片状物;片状物的下端各有一个螺钉孔(75);能够通过螺钉将片状物固定在基座的两端的凹形处;或者安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)是两个凸字形的片状物;凸字形的片状物的下端各有两个螺钉孔(75);能够通过螺钉(83)将凸字形的片状物固定在基座(73)的两端处;安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)在基座上的部分各有一个螺钉孔(76);这样就可以在拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔的两面各加一个能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79),垫子(79)自然中间是有孔的,然后将拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子(79)的孔,对准安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)上的孔(76),加在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间,最后用螺钉(77)从两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)、及拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子(79)的孔中穿过,并上好螺母;螺钉(77)、螺母和安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间或者加垫子(80);拨杆(78)式手动部件、能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)、安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间或者加垫子;能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者是一个弹簧结构;这样机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆(78)式手动部件的下端,就被牢牢地夹在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间;两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)又被固定在基座(73)上;基座(73)水平设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁;或者基座(73)垂直设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁;自行车刹车线另一端的外套固定在基座(73)上;自行车刹车线另一端的芯线固定在拨杆(78)式手动部件上;机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆(78),拨杆(78)就牵动自行车刹车线的芯线,从而也就牵动了位移传感器的移动端(2);安装位移传感器的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)、安装部件(15)上设置有弹簧;当机动车辆的驾驶员用手向相反方向搬动拨杆(78),拨杆(78)不再牵动自行车刹车线的芯线,安装位移传感器的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)、安装部件(15)上设置的弹簧,就会使位移传感器的移动端(2)回归原位;位移传感器的移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;由于拨杆(78)式手动部件被有良好的摩擦效果的 橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间,所以只有机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动它才会动;机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件的拨杆或者是杠杆;杠杆(78)如一个钩子;钩子的底端是杠杆的支点如一个柄;柄上有孔;柄被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间;钩子短的一段是杠杆的阻力臂(82),用于固定自行车刹车线的芯线;钩子长的一段是杠杆的动力臂(81),也就是机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动的部分;机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆的量、或搬动杠杆的动力臂的量,在拨杆或杠杆的动力臂处设置成刻度;如此就能准确掌握机动车辆油门开、关的度,调整机动车辆的动力的度。
  26. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件(3)移动;设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置一个可移动的移动原件(3);机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上有限制设施限制着移动原件(3);使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置有弹簧(4);当控制移动原件(3)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使移动原件(3)回归原位;将位移传感器(1)设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)之外;位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)通过一个连接件(9)连接着移动原件(3);移动原件(3)的位置发生变化能带动位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化;位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化后,位移传感器(1)会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件(3)。
  27. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)移动;设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件(3);在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧(4);当控制移动原件(3)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使移动原件(3)回归原位;位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之上;机动车辆手动油门设备主件的移动原件(3)和位移传感器的移动端(2)是一体的,位移传感器的移动端(2)就是移动原件(3);移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的位置发生变化,位移传感器(1)会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算 处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件(3)即位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)。
  28. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);设计制造一个安装部件;将位移传感器直接安装在安装部件上;使手动部件直接连接位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);在安装位移传感器(1)的安装部件(15)上设置弹簧(4);当控制位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)的外力去掉后,弹簧(4)能使位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)回归原位;位移传感器移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;安装位移传感器(1)的安装部件(15)设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板直接连接位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)。
  29. 根据权利要求26、27、28所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;和机动车辆方向盘架管(27)平行设置一个管设备(26);管设备(26)是直管,或者是弯曲的管;管设备(26)一端开口在机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向;管设备(26)另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴(29)旁;将自行车刹车线(6)的另一端从管设备(26)的靠机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向的一端穿入,在穿入管设备(26)之前;为了防止自行车刹车线(6)的扭动影响到自行车刹车线安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的部分,可以将自行车刹车线(6)固定在一个支架上;支架安装在车辆结构上;固定不能使自行车刹车线的芯线不能灵活拉动;同时一节弹簧的一端固定在支架上;弹簧的另一端和自行车刹车线的外套固定在一起;弹簧之间的自行车刹车线是弯曲的;自行车刹车线从管设备(26)的靠机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向的一端穿入后,从管设备(26)另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴(29)旁穿出;在方向盘的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒(28); 管筒的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴(29)旁;管筒的另一端在方向盘面上;自行车刹车线从管设备(26)穿出后,又从方向盘中部的管筒(28)穿过,到了方向盘面的中部;从方向盘(31)的中部到方向盘的圆周设置一个管状物(36);管状物(36)的水平中轴线的下部和方向盘(31)设置在一起;管状物(36)的水平中轴线的上部是活动的,能够通过螺钉上在管状物(36)的水平中轴线的下部上;从方向盘(31)中部的管筒(28)中穿过的自行车刹车线(6)安放在管状物(36)中;在管状物(36)的中间位置(38)将自行车刹车线的外套固定在管状物(36)的水平中轴线的下部上;在管状物(36)和方向盘(31)的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处(37),将自行车刹车线的外套安装在那里;与此同时将自行车刹车线的芯线(39)安装在一带状物(40)宽的一方的中间位置;带状物(40)就是一个带子,它比布料具有硬度,不会卷在一起,但是又不是硬质的,能够折叠;将带状物(40)安放在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中;带状物(40)必须立着安放在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中;所谓立着安放就是带状物(40)宽的一方和水平面垂直;带状物(40)长的一方和机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔并行;带状物(40)的另一端安装在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的另一方;带状物(40)在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中的安装,要求带状物(40)完全伸展开后、在带状物带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动,自行车刹车线的芯线又带动机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置的移动原件(3)移动,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置的弹簧(4)被压缩到极限、移动原件(3)移动到极限、机动车辆油门被加大到极限时,带状物(40)不贴在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘外的一方上,但是又不能存在太大的空隙;在方向盘(31)圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘中心位置方向设置多个孔格;孔格都朝向方向盘的中心方向;孔格之间是隔壁;孔格之间的隔壁和方向盘的圆周轴线垂直;孔格的上下方是孔格上壁、孔格下壁;孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口(42)的尺寸、和孔格靠方向盘外方向的孔格口(41)的尺寸,小于孔格内部的尺寸;在每一个孔格中安放一个开关塞(43);开关塞(43)由一个框架和框架中安装的弹性物体(46)构成;开关塞(43)的框架由十二个框架条构成;在框架靠方向盘(31)中心方向的上、下两个框架条,和框架靠方向盘外的方向的上、下两个框架条,是直状形的、或者是弯状形;其余的框架条都是直状形;每一个框架条都由互相垂直的两个侧面构成(47);框架条上设置有耳状片;耳状片上有螺钉孔;框架条上相应的位置也有螺钉孔;这样框架条通过螺钉就能够组装成框架;组装成框架的框架条的阴角都相对于框架的中心朝外;框架中安装的弹性物体;六个面都是凸出框架的;凸出框架的弹性物体的六个面的接触孔格之间的隔壁的左、右面,和接触孔格上壁、孔格下壁的上、下面,都是平面;弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘外的方向的一面,是平面或者是平面略呈弧形;和弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘外的方向的一面对应的机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的壁的形状吻合;弹性物体的六个面的 朝向方向盘中心方向的一面的中部的形状,便于人的手指压按,人的手指压按上后有一种舒适感;弹性物体的六个面的接触孔格之间的隔壁的左、右面,和接触孔格上壁、孔格下壁的上、下面,和孔格之间的隔壁接触在一起后,和孔格上壁、孔格下壁接触在一起后,它们之间的摩擦力较大、人要用力才能使开关塞(43)移动;开关塞(43)的框架靠方向盘外的一方到框架靠方向盘中心方向的一方的尺寸,小于孔格靠方向盘外的一方到孔格靠方向盘中心方向的一方的尺寸,于是开关塞(43)能够在孔格中从方向盘外向方向盘中心方向上移动;机动车辆方向盘(31)圆周上设置的管腔中设置的多个开关塞(43),全部移动到靠方向盘外方向,多个开关塞(43)朝向方向盘(31)外的一方共同推动机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中安装的带状物(40)完全伸展开,带状物(40)完全伸展开后、带状物(40)带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动,自行车刹车线的芯线又带动机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置的移动原件(3)移动,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置的弹簧4被压缩到极限、移动原件(3)移动到极限、机动车辆油门被加大到极限,这时带状物不贴在机动车辆方向盘(31)圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘外的一方上,它们之间的空隙又不是太大;如果多个开关塞(43)部分移动到靠方向盘(31)外方向,那么机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置的弹簧(4)就部分被压缩、移动原件(3)就移动部分的距离、机动车辆油门就部分被加大;如此就能控制机动车辆油门;人为使几个开关塞(43)移动到靠方向盘(31)外方向,就能使油门的开度控制在需要的刻度;当机动车辆朝正前方行驶时,将机动车辆方向盘(31)圆周上设置的控制油门的管腔和开关塞(43)设置在方向盘的左方或右方;同时在方向盘(31)上设置的控制油门的管腔和开关塞(43)的方向盘的相反的方向上设置同样结构的管腔和开关塞,但是不控制油门,只是起配合控制油门的作用;所谓相反的方向上,就是如果控制油门的管腔和开关塞(43)设置在方向盘的左方,那么配合控制油门的管腔和开关塞就设置在方向盘的右方,如果控制油门的管腔和开关塞(43)设置在方向盘的右方,那么配合控制油门的管腔和开关塞就设置在方向盘的左方;在每一个开关塞(43)的框架朝向方向盘中心方向的四个角上设置钢丝;钢丝要穿过方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口(42)壁;前面已经说过孔格口(42)的尺寸小于孔格内部的尺寸,也就是说孔格口存在孔格口壁;同时第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的上方左边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方左边设置的钢丝相连;要求控制油门的开关塞(43)完全移动到方向盘(31)外、配合控制油门的开关塞完全移动到靠方向盘(31)中心方向时,钢丝是完全伸直的;第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的上方右边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方右边设置的钢丝相连;第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的下方左边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方左边设置的钢丝相连;第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的下方右边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方右边设 置的钢丝相连;第二个、第三个以至多个控制油门的开关塞(43)上的钢丝,都是如此和第二个、第三个以至多个配合控制油门的开关塞上的钢丝相连;这些相连的钢丝如果不桥归桥、路归路地分开放置,必然纠缠在一起,影响开关塞的移动;由于在方向盘(31)圆周上设置的管腔的孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口(42)的尺寸,小于孔格内部的尺寸;使孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口(42)处的孔格上壁52略伸出孔格口;使孔格靠方向盘(31)中心方向的孔格口(42)处的孔格下壁伸出孔格口;在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上设置供设置钢丝的细管;控制油门的开关塞(43)处在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上,和配合控制油门的开关塞处在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上,设置一样的供设置钢丝的细管;并且,第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝,和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝相连(44)后,设置在伸出的孔格上壁上设置的一个细管(45)中;这个细管(45)设置在机动车辆方向盘(31)圆盘上;这个细管(45)从第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁上,一直到第一个配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁上,是一个整体;以此类推,第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的下方左边和右边设置的钢丝,和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方左边和右边设置的钢丝相连后,设置在伸出的孔格下壁上设置的一个细管中;这个细管设置在机动车辆方向盘(31)圆盘上;这个细管从第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁上,一直到第一个配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁上,是一个整体;第二个、第三个以至多个控制油门的开关塞(43)上和配合控制油门的开关塞上的钢丝都是如此设置;这样通过手指的压按使控制油门的开关塞(43)向方向盘外方向移动能够使油门加大;同时通过另一个手的手指的压按使配合控制油门的开关塞向方向盘外方向移动,能够通过钢丝带动控制油门的开关塞(43)向方向盘中心方向移动使控制油门的开关塞(43)回到原位,使油门又被变小;如此操作就能够控制使油门变大、使油门变小,如此就实现了油门由脚动为手动;也就是说通过驾驶员手指的压按使控制油门的开关塞(43)向方向盘外方向移动,开关塞(43)向方向盘外方向移动又推动带状物(40)带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动,而自行车刹车线芯线安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)上,自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)移动就带动移动原件(3)移动,与移动原件(3)相连的位移感应器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到提高;当驾驶员另一只手的手指压按使配合控制油门的开关塞向方向盘外方向移动,通过钢丝带动控制油门的开关塞(43)向方向盘中心方向移动使控制油门的开关塞(43)回到原位,控制油门的开关塞(43)回到原位后,和刹车线芯线相连的带状物(40) 就失去了支撑,和刹车线芯线相连的带状物失去了支撑后,和带状物(40)相连的刹车线芯线另一端的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)在弹簧(4)的作用下回归原位,与移动原件(3)相连的位移感应器(1)在监测到移动原件移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;这里还有一个问题,在急转弯时驾驶员的手会不会无意中碰到控制油门的开关塞(43)和配合控制油门的开关塞,使控制油门的开关塞(43)和配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁加厚(53);使控制油门的开关塞(43)和配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁,在开关塞全部移动到朝向机动车辆方向盘(31)中心方向时伸出超过开关塞并加厚(54);或者在控制油门的开关塞和配合控制油门的开关塞的上面、下面设置板结构,使开关塞夹在板结构之间;这样驾驶员从方向盘(31)内弯握住开关塞(43)所在的方向盘部分时,在开关塞全部移动到朝向机动车辆方向盘(31)中心方向时,就不会碰到开关塞(43),如此就能保证在急转弯时驾驶员的手不会无意中碰到控制油门的开关塞(43)和配合控制油门的开关塞;控制油门的开关塞(43)和配合控制油门的开关塞分别设置成不同的鲜艳颜色,便于驾驶员及时操控。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:弹簧的另一端和自行车刹车线的外套固定在一起;用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线的外套上;自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的;然后将弹簧的一端和包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮固定在一起;将弹簧的端部设置一个金属片;金属片上有孔;包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮上也有孔;这样就能够用螺钉将二者固定在一起。
  31. 根据权利要求29所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:在管状物(36)和方向盘(31)的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处(37),将自行车刹车线的外套安装在那里;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔;将管状物和方向盘的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处也设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;这样能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套安装在管状物和方向盘的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处。
  32. 根据权利要求29所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:带状物(40)可以用布料、化纤原料制造;自行车刹车线的芯线(39)在带状物(40)上的安装,是将自行车刹车线的芯线(39)从带状物(40)宽的一方的中间位置设置的孔中穿过;然后将自行车刹车线的芯线(39)的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起;用铁皮把自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起的部分包起来;再用机械把包起来的铁皮压紧;使自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线不会松脱;带状物(40)宽的一方的中间位置设置的孔有金属包口;所谓金属包口就是布料、化纤料的提包类上设置的孔常用的那种金属包口; 这样使孔结实;不至于孔承力后孔处的布料、化纤料越来越松脱,孔越来越大。
  33. 根据权利要求29所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:安装的方法就是如在带状物(40)的另一端的中间位置设置一个孔;孔设置成金属包口;然后用螺钉把带状物(40)的另一端安装在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的另一方设置的螺钉孔处。
  34. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)移动;设计制造一个安装部件;将位移传感器直接安装在安装部件上;将自行车刹车线(6)的外套端部(7)安装在安装部件(15)上;使手动部件即自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)直接连接位移传感器(1)的移动端(2);手动部件即自行车刹车线的另一端安装在驾驶室司机座位旁;或者安装在方向盘上;将手动部件即自行车刹车线的另一端设置一个手动塞子;手动塞子就是在一个管中设置一个塞子;塞子和管的摩擦力较大,要人用手才能移动塞子;塞子的一端连接着自行车刹车线的芯线;塞子的另一端是手动把手;驾驶员用手拉动塞子上的手动把手,或者用手推动塞子上的手动把手,塞子带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动;自行车刹车线的芯线移动就带动自行车刹车线的另一端连接的位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)移动;位移传感器移动端的位置发生变化后,位移传感器会将感知的信号瞬间送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;手动部件自行车刹车线的另一端的手动塞子如果设置在驾驶室司机座位旁,将自行车刹车线牵到就行了;手动部件自行车刹车线的另一端的手动塞子如果设置在方向盘上,先设置一个铺设自行车刹车线的通道;安装位移传感器(1)的安装部件(15)设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)移动。
  35. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件(3)移动;设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件(3);机动车辆手动油门设备主件上有限制设施使移动原件(3)只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动;同时机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧(4),能使移动原件(3)自动回到原位;将位移传感器(1)设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;位移传感器(1)的移动端2和移动原件(3)是一体的,位移传感器(1)的移动端2就是移动原件(3);和移动原件相联设置一个齿条(63);齿条(63)设置在滑槽中;滑槽固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;设置一个微型电动机(64);微型电动机(64)的轴上安装一个单向传动的齿轮(65);微型电动机(64)的轴上安装的单向传动的齿轮(65),和与移动原件相联的齿条 (63)对接;这样电动机通电后电动机就带动单向传动的齿轮(65)转动,单向传动的齿轮(65)又带动与移动原件相联的齿条(63)运动;移动原件即位移传感器的移动端移动后,位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后或者感知移动端移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到提高;当电动机断电后,电动机的转子就失去了电磁场的作用力;电动机的转子失去了电磁场的作用力后,电动机的转子就基本可以自由转动了;与此同时,电动机的轴上安装的是单向传动的齿轮;于是当电动机断电后,机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的弹簧(4)的弹力,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的移动原件回归原位;与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个限制设施(66);限制设施(66)能限制齿条(63)运动的极限;也就是限制和齿条(63)相联的机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的移动原件的移动极限,同时也是限制移动原件通过位移传感器影响的油门的开度;如果将机动车辆巡航速度需要的油门的开度对应的移动原件的移动位置,设置成移动极限,设置成齿条(63)运动的极限,那么,电动机通电后电动机就带动单向传动的齿轮(65)转动,单向传动的齿轮又带动与移动原件相连的齿条运动,齿条(63)运动到机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的限制设施66处,齿条(63)就无法再运动了,于是移动原件跟着移动到一定位置也无法移动了,与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动的状况后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,这个开度就是机动车辆实现巡航速度需要的开度;这样当机动车辆需要巡航行驶时,利用电动控制就行了,不需要脚动踏板控制;当电动机断电后,电动机的转子就失去了电磁场的作用力,电动机的转子失去了电磁场的作用力后,电动机的转子就基本可以自由转动了,此时可以使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件;机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件就是控制微型电动机的电源开关;控制微型电动机(64)的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁;或者设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上;电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘外,将电源开关的电源线牵到即可;如果将电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上,就需要设置电源开关的电源线通道;机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。
  36. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控 制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件(3)移动或者控制位移传感器的移动端移动;首先是设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件(3);机动车辆手动油门设备主件上有限制设施使移动原件(3)只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动;同时机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧(4);能使移动原件(3)自动回到原位;和移动原件(3)相联设置一个齿条(63);齿条(63)设置在滑槽中;滑槽固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;设置一个微型电动机(64);微型电动机(64)的轴上安装一个单向传动的齿轮(65);微型电动机(64)的轴上安装的单向传动的齿轮(65),和与移动原件相联的齿条(63)对接;位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之外;位移传感器的移动端通过一个连接部件和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件连接;或者不设置移动原件,位移传感器的移动端通过一个连接部件直接和齿条连接;这样电动机通电后电动机就带动单向传动的齿轮(65)转动,单向传动的齿轮(65)又带动与移动原件相联的齿条(63)运动,移动原件移动后,或者位移传感器的移动端移动后,位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后或者感知移动端移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到提高;当电动机断电后,电动机的转子就失去了电磁场的作用力,电动机的转子失去了电磁场的作用力后,电动机的转子就基本可以自由转动了;与此同时,电动机的轴上安装的是单向传动的齿轮,于是当电动机断电后,机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的弹簧(4)的弹力,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的移动原件回归原位;与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个限制设施(66);限制设施(66)能限制齿条(63)运动的极限,也就是限制和齿条(63)相联的机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的移动原件的移动极限,同时也是限制移动原件通过位移传感器影响的油门的开度;如果将机动车辆巡航速度需要的油门的开度对应的移动原件的移动位置,设置成移动极限,设置成齿条(63)运动的极限,那么,电动机通电后电动机就带动单向传动的齿轮(65)转动,单向传动的齿轮又带动与移动原件相连的齿条运动,齿条(63)运动到机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置的限制设施(66)处,齿条(63)就无法再运动了,于是移动原件跟着移动到一定位置也无法移动了;与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动的状况后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺 服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度;这个开度就是机动车辆实现巡航速度需要的开度;这样当机动车辆需要巡航行驶时,利用电动控制就行了,不需要脚动踏板控制;当电动机断电后,电动机的转子就失去了电磁场的作用力,电动机的转子失去了电磁场的作用力后,电动机的转子就基本可以自由转动了,此时可以使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够同时控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件;机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件就是控制微型电动机的电源开关;控制微型电动机(64)的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁;或者设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上;电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘外,将电源开关的电源线牵到即可;如果将电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上,就需要设置电源开关的电源线通道;机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置。
  37. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件移动;设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件;机动车辆手动油门设备主件上有限制设施使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动;同时机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧,能使移动原件自动回到原位;将位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;位移传感器的移动端和移动原件是一体的,位移传感器的移动端就是移动原件;和移动原件相联设置一个齿条;齿条设置在滑槽中;滑槽固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;设置一个微型微速电动机;齿条和微型微速电动机的轴垂直;微型微速电动机的轴上安装一个齿轮;微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,和与移动原件相联的齿条对接;或者微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,通过一个变速机制和与移动原件相联的齿条对接;微型微速电动机由双向开关控制,即微型微速电动机既可以正转、又可以反转;机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有限制机制,限制着齿条运动的上限和下限,即位移传感器的移动端移动的上限和下限,也就是油门开度的最大和最小就是齿条运动的上限和下限;机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件即位移传感器的移动端移动后,位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后或者感知移动端移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;当微型微速电动机断电后,微型微速电动机停止转动,与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原件停止移动后,或者感知移动端停止移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构使节气门的开度停止调整,使机动车辆的动力停止调整;机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件就 是控制微型微速电动机的电源开关;控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁;或者设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上;电源开关是按钮式双向开关;按钮式双向开关有两个,一个开关控制微型微速电动机正转;一个开关控制微型微速电动机反转;两个开关可以设置成不同的颜色;控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁,将开关电源线牵到即可;控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上,要设置一个微型微速电动机电源开关电源线的通道;机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件或者控制位移传感器的移动端;在不使用微型微速电动机时,可以使用脚动油门踏板;设置脚动油门踏板需要设置一个弹簧使脚动油门踏板归位;如果不使用脚动油门踏板,要用微型微速电动机及手动油门设备,应该使脚动油门踏板和移动原件脱离接触,避免脚动油门踏板设置的弹簧,在微型微速电动机断电时,使移动原件发生移动。
  38. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制移动原件移动或者控制位移传感器的移动端移动;设计制造一个机动车辆手动油门设备主件;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置一个可移动的移动原件;机动车辆手动油门设备主件上有限制设施使移动原件只能在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上移动;同时机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有弹簧,能使移动原件自动回到原位;和移动原件相联设置一个齿条;齿条设置在滑槽中;滑槽固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;设置一个微型微速电动机;齿条和微型微速电动机的轴垂直;微型微速电动机的轴上安装一个齿轮;微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,和与移动原件相联的齿条对接;或者微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,通过一个变速机制和与移动原件相联的齿条对接;微型微速电动机由机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件双向开关控制;微型微速电动机既可以正转、又可以反转;机动车辆手动油门设备主件上设置有限制机制,限制着齿条运动的上限和下限;即位移传感器的移动端移动的上限和下限,也就是油门开度的最大和最小就是齿条运动的上限和下限;位移传感器设置在机动车辆手动油门设备主件之外;位移传感器的移动端通过一个连接部件和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件连接;或者位移传感器的移动端通过一个连接部件直接和齿条连接;机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件移动后,或者位移传感器的移动端移动后,位移传感器在监测到移动原件移动后或者感知移动端移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;当微型微速电动机断电后,微型微速电动机停止转动;与移动原件相连的位移传感器在监测到移动原 件停止移动后,或者感知移动端停止移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构使节气门的开度停止调整,使机动车辆的动力停止调整;控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁;或者设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上;电源开关是按钮式双向开关;按钮式双向开关有两个;一个开关控制微型微速电动机正转;一个开关控制微型微速电动机反转;两个开关可以设置成不同的颜色;控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁,将开关电源线牵到即可;控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上,要设置一个微型微速电动机电源开关电源线的通道;机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件或者控制位移传感器的移动端;在不使用微型微速电动机时,可以使用脚动油门踏板;设置脚动油门踏板需要设置一个弹簧使脚动油门踏板归位;如果不使用脚动油门踏板,要用微型微速电动机及手动油门设备,应该使脚动油门踏板和移动原件脱离接触,避免脚动油门踏板设置的弹簧,在微型微速电动机断电时,使移动原件发生移动。
  39. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于电子油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过将位移传感器的移动端设置成手动开关手动部件,通过控制移传感器的移动端即手动部件实现控制油门;直接将控制油门的位移传感器设置在机动车辆驾驶室驾驶员座位旁,或者设置在方向盘上;将位移传感器的移动端设置成手动开关;将位移传感器的移动端可移动的距离及油门的开度设置成刻度;如果将位移传感器的移动端扳在油门大的位置,位移传感器会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到提升;如果将位移传感器的移动端扳在油门小的位置,位移传感器会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;如果将位移传感器设置在驾驶员座位旁的方向盘之外的地方,将数据线直接牵到就行了;如果将位移传感器设置在方向盘之上,需要设置位移传感器数据线的铺设通道;位移传感器(67)在方向盘(31)上的设置,是设置在方向盘中部;或者设置在方向盘左手或右手边;设置在手边的位移传感器可以将位移传感器做小一些,便于手指操作开关即位移传感器的移动端。
  40. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油 门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆;不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件;直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆;对于非电子的传统油门,脚动油门踏板的安装,或者采用传统油门踏板的安装方式;或者脚动油门踏板设置成活动的,当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板取下;关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在驾驶室司机座位旁,将自行车刹车线牵到就行了;自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在方向盘上,先设置一个铺设自行车刹车线的通道;自行车刹车线到了方向盘上后,或者直接将自行车刹车线的外套端部固定,将自行车刹车线的芯线和手动部件对接;或者先将自行车刹车线固定在方向盘上,牵到手动部件旁再和手动部件对接;在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备旋钮式手动部件;自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在旋钮式手动部件上;旋钮式手动部件有一个旋钮;自行车刹车线另一端的外套安装在旋钮式手动部件的固定设施上;或者安装在旋钮式手动部件旁车辆的设备上;自行车刹车线另一端的刹车线芯线缠绕在旋钮式手动部件的旋钮上;这个旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动;或者,旋钮式手动部件旋钮转动的幅度设置成刻度;使人知道油门开、关的程度。
  41. 根据权利要求40要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:机动车辆手动油门设备手动设备旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动;旋钮的轴(32)下部有五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33);有一个环结构(35)围着旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33);环结构35内一周有曲片结构(34);曲片结构(34)固定在环结构(35)内一周;曲片结构(34)凸出部分正对旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)之间的空挡;如果转动旋钮,当旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)正对曲片结构(34)的凸出部分时,由于曲片结构(34)有弹性所以转动的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)能顺利通过曲片结构(34)的凸出部分。
  42. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆;不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件;直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆;对于非电子的传统油门,脚动油门踏板的安装,或者采用传统油门踏板的安装方式;或者脚动油门踏板设置成活动的,当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板取下;机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线8固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件11和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;在机动车辆驾驶室方向盘旁设置一个固定架(55);固定架安装在机动车辆车体上;将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上(61);在固定架上和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直设置一个提环架(56);提环架有两个小圆环(57);小圆环(57)的平面和机动车辆的方向盘面平行;两个小圆环(57)都在和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直的轴线上;将两个小圆环固定在提环架(56)上;有一个提环杆(58)的杆部插在两个小圆环(57)的环孔中;提环杆(58)靠近方向盘处的上部是提环(59);提环(59)就是一个环状部件,驾驶员能够用手提起;提环杆的下部的端头有一个小孔60;将自行车刹车线的芯线62从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)固定在提环架(56)上;这样在开车时驾驶员手提起提环杆(58)上的提环(59),提环杆58的下部就带动自行车刹车线芯线62移动,自行车刹车线芯线移动就拉动机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)移动,与移动原件(3)相连的位移传感器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到提高;当驾驶员手松开提环杆(58)上的提环(59),刹车线芯线另一端的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)在弹簧(4)的作用下回归原位,与移动原件(3)相连的位移传感器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上(61);用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线另一端的外套上;自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的;将包着自行车刹车线另一端的外套的铁皮设置一个能够上螺钉的孔;将固定架上同样设置一个孔;然后用螺钉将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上。
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将两个小圆环固定在提环架(56)上;将两个小圆环(57)焊接在提环架(56)上。
  45. 根据权利要求42所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的芯线(62)从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定;用铁皮把自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起的部分包起来,再用机械把包起来的铁皮压紧,使自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线不会松脱开。
  46. 根据权利要求42所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)固定在提环架(56)上;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;将提环架(56)相应的位置处也设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;这样就能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套固定在提环架56上。
  47. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆;不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件;直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆;对于非电子的传统油门,脚动油门踏板的安装,或者采用传统油门踏板的安装方式;或者脚动油门踏板设置成活动的,当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板取下;关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件;自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在拨杆式手动部件上;机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆(78)式手动部件的下端有一个柄;柄中间有一个孔;拨杆(78)式手动部件设置在一个基座(73)上;基座(73)上通过螺钉固定有安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74);安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)是两个长方形的片状物;片状物的下端各有一个螺钉孔(75);能够通过螺钉将片状物固定在基座的两端的凹形处;或者安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)是两个凸字形的片状物;凸字形的片状物的下端各有两个螺钉孔(75);能够通过螺钉(83)将凸字形的片状物固定在基座(73)的两端处;安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)在基座上的部分各有一个螺钉孔(76);这样就可以在拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔的两面各加一个能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子 (79),垫子(79)自然中间是有孔的,然后将拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子(79)的孔,对准安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)上的孔(76),加在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间,最后用螺钉(77)从两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)、及拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子(79)的孔中穿过,并上好螺母;螺钉(77)、螺母和安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间或者加垫子(80);拨杆(78)式手动部件、能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)、安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间或者加垫子;能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者是一个弹簧结构;这样机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆(78)式手动部件的下端,就被牢牢地夹在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间;两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)又被固定在基座(73)上;基座(73)水平设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁;或者基座(73)垂直设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁;自行车刹车线另一端的外套固定在基座(73)上;自行车刹车线另一端的芯线固定在拨杆(78)式手动部件上;机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆(78),拨杆(78)就牵动自行车刹车线的芯线,从而也就牵动了位移传感器的移动端(2);安装位移传感器的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)、安装部件(15)上设置有弹簧;由于拨杆(78)式手动部件被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间,所以只有机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动它才会动;机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件的拨杆或者是杠杆;杠杆(78)如一个钩子;钩子的底端是杠杆的支点如一个柄;柄上有孔;柄被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间;钩子短的一段是杠杆的阻力臂(82),用于固定自行车刹车线的芯线;钩子长的一段是杠杆的动力臂(81),也就是机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动的部分;机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆的量、或搬动杠杆的动力臂的量,在拨杆或杠杆的动力臂处设置成刻度;如此就能准确掌握机动车辆油门开、关的度,调整机动车辆的动力的度。
  48. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制杠杆的动力臂的端部;不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件;直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件通过一个杠杆结构和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接;杠杆阻力臂的端部(71)和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起;杠杆的支点设置在连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆附近的车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上;将杠杆的动力臂的端部(72)和自行车刹车线的芯线对接;连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆有弹簧设施使它们在失去外力控制后回归原位;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制杠杆动力臂的端部;杠杆阻力臂的端部和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起;对于非电子的传统油门,脚动油门踏板的安装,或者采用传统油门踏板的安装方式; 或者脚动油门踏板设置成活动的,当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板取下;连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆有弹簧设施使它们在失去外力控制后回归原位;关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线一端的外套的端部安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件上;将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在驾驶室司机座位旁,将自行车刹车线牵到就行了;自行车刹车线另一端的手动部件如果设置在方向盘上,先设置一个铺设自行车刹车线的通道;自行车刹车线到了方向盘上后,或者直接将自行车刹车线的外套端部固定,将自行车刹车线的芯线和手动部件对接;或者先将自行车刹车线固定在方向盘上,牵到手动部件旁再和手动部件对接;在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备旋钮式手动部件;自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在旋钮式手动部件上;旋钮式手动部件有一个旋钮;自行车刹车线另一端的外套安装在旋钮式手动部件的固定设施上;或者安装在旋钮式手动部件旁车辆的设备上;自行车刹车线另一端的刹车线芯线缠绕在旋钮式手动部件的旋钮上;这个旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动;或者,旋钮式手动部件旋钮转动的幅度设置成刻度;使人知道油门开、关的程度。
  49. 根据权利要求48要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:机动车辆手动油门设备手动设备旋钮的轴与旋钮式手动部件固定旋钮的部件之间的磨擦很大,人用手转动它才会转动;旋钮的轴(32)下部有五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33);有一个环结构(35)围着旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33);环结构35内一周有曲片结构(34);曲片结构(34)固定在环结构(35)内一周;曲片结构(34)凸出部分正对旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)之间的空挡;如果转动旋钮,当旋钮的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)正对曲片结构(34)的凸出部分时,由于曲片结构(34)有弹性所以转动的轴下部如五角星的角一样的一个接一个的凸体(33)能顺利通过曲片结构(34)的凸出部分。
  50. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制杠杆的动力臂的端部;不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件;直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件通过一个杠杆结构和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接;杠杆阻力臂的端部(71)和连 接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起;杠杆的支点设置在连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆附近的车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上;将杠杆的动力臂的端部(72)和自行车刹车线的芯线对接;连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆有弹簧设施使它们在失去外力控制后回归原位;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制杠杆动力臂的端部;杠杆阻力臂的端部和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起;对于非电子的传统油门,脚动油门踏板的安装,或者采用传统油门踏板的安装方式;或者脚动油门踏板设置成活动的,当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板取下;连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆有弹簧设施使它们在失去外力控制后回归原位;机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线8固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件11和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;在机动车辆驾驶室方向盘旁设置一个固定架(55);固定架安装在机动车辆车体上;将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上(61);在固定架上和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直设置一个提环架(56);提环架有两个小圆环(57);小圆环(57)的平面和机动车辆的方向盘面平行;两个小圆环(57)都在和机动车辆的方向盘面垂直的轴线上;将两个小圆环固定在提环架(56)上;有一个提环杆(58)的杆部插在两个小圆环(57)的环孔中;提环杆(58)靠近方向盘处的上部是提环(59);提环(59)就是一个环状部件,驾驶员能够用手提起;提环杆的下部的端头有一个小孔60;将自行车刹车线的芯线62从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)固定在提环架(56)上;这样在开车时驾驶员手提起提环杆(58)上的提环(59),提环杆58的下部就带动自行车刹车线芯线62移动,自行车刹车线芯线移动就拉动机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)移动,与移动原件(3)相连的位移传感器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到提高;当驾驶员手松开提环杆(58)上的提环(59),刹车线芯线另一端的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)在弹簧(4)的作用下回归原位,与移动原件(3)相连的位移传感器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开 度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整。
  51. 根据权利要求50所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上(61);用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线另一端的外套上;自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的;将包着自行车刹车线另一端的外套的铁皮设置一个能够上螺钉的孔;将固定架上同样设置一个孔;然后用螺钉将自行车刹车线的另一端固定在固定架上。
  52. 根据权利要求50所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将两个小圆环固定在提环架(56)上;将两个小圆环(57)焊接在提环架(56)上。
  53. 根据权利要求50所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的芯线(62)从孔中穿过,然后将自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起并固定;用铁皮把自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起的部分包起来,再用机械把包起来的铁皮压紧,使自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线不会松脱开。
  54. 根据权利要求50所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)固定在提环架(56)上;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部(61)设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;将提环架(56)相应的位置处也设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;这样就能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套固定在提环架56上。
  55. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制杠杆的动力臂的端部;不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件;直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件通过一个杠杆结构和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接;杠杆阻力臂的端部(71)和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起;杠杆的支点设置在连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆附近的车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上;将杠杆的动力臂的端部(72)和自行车刹车线的芯线对接;连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆有弹簧设施使它们在失去外力控制后回归原位;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制杠杆动力臂的端部;杠杆阻力臂的端部和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起;对于非电子的传统油门,脚动油门踏板的安装,或者采用传统油门踏板的安装方式;或者脚动油门踏板设置成活动的,当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板取下;连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆有弹簧设施使它们在失去外力控制后回归原位;关于机动车辆手动油门设备手动部件的设置,在机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁,设置一个机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件;自行车刹车线的另一端就安装在拨杆式手动部件上;机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆(78)式手动部件的下端有一个柄;柄中间有一个孔;拨杆(78)式手动部件设置在一个基座(73)上;基座(73)上通过螺钉固定有安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的 设备(74);安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)是两个长方形的片状物;片状物的下端各有一个螺钉孔(75);能够通过螺钉将片状物固定在基座的两端的凹形处;或者安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)是两个凸字形的片状物;凸字形的片状物的下端各有两个螺钉孔(75);能够通过螺钉(83)将凸字形的片状物固定在基座(73)的两端处;安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)在基座上的部分各有一个螺钉孔(76);这样就可以在拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔的两面各加一个能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79),垫子(79)自然中间是有孔的,然后将拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子(79)的孔,对准安装拨杆(78)式手动部件的设备(74)上的孔(76),加在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间,最后用螺钉(77)从两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)、及拨杆(78)式手动部件下端的柄的孔及垫子(79)的孔中穿过,并上好螺母;螺钉(77)、螺母和安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间或者加垫子(80);拨杆(78)式手动部件、能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)、安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间或者加垫子;能产生良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者是一个弹簧结构;这样机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆(78)式手动部件的下端,就被牢牢地夹在两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间;两个安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)又被固定在基座(73)上;基座(73)水平设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁;或者基座(73)垂直设置的机动车辆驾驶室的驾驶员座位旁;自行车刹车线另一端的外套固定在基座(73)上;自行车刹车线另一端的芯线固定在拨杆(78)式手动部件上;由于拨杆(78)式手动部件被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间,所以只有机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动它才会动;机动车辆手动油门设备拨杆式手动部件的拨杆或者是杠杆;杠杆(78)如一个钩子;钩子的底端是杠杆的支点如一个柄;柄上有孔;柄被有良好的摩擦效果的橡胶之类的垫子(79)或者弹簧结构夹在安装拨杆式手动部件的设备(74)之间;钩子短的一段是杠杆的阻力臂(82),用于固定自行车刹车线的芯线;钩子长的一段是杠杆的动力臂(81),也就是机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动的部分;机动车辆的驾驶员用手搬动拨杆的量、或搬动杠杆的动力臂的量,在拨杆或杠杆的动力臂处设置成刻度;如此就能准确掌握机动车辆油门开、关的度,调整机动车辆的动力的度。
  56. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆;不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件;直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆;对于非电子的传统油门,脚动油门踏板的安装,或者采用传统油门踏板的安装方式;或者脚 动油门踏板设置成活动的,当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板取下。
  57. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件控制杠杆的动力臂的端部;不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件;直接将机动车辆手动油门设备的手动部件通过一个杠杆结构和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接;杠杆阻力臂的端部(71)和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起;杠杆的支点设置在连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆附近的车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上;将杠杆的动力臂的端部(72)和自行车刹车线的芯线对接;连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆有弹簧设施使它们在失去外力控制后回归原位;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制杠杆动力臂的端部;杠杆阻力臂的端部和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接在一起;对于非电子的传统油门,脚动油门踏板的安装,或者采用传统油门踏板的安装方式;或者脚动油门踏板设置成活动的,当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板取下;连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆有弹簧设施使它们在失去外力控制后回归原位。
  58. 根据权利要求56、57所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将自行车刹车线的外套固定,就可以拉动自行车刹车线的芯线在自行车刹车线的外套中移动;将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)的移动原件(3)上;当移动原件(3)和位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)是一体时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;当不用机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)和移动原件(3)时,将自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)固定在位移传感器(1)的移动端(2)上;和机动车辆方向盘架管(27)平行设置一个管设备(26);管设备(26)是直管,或者是弯曲的管;管设备(26)一端开口在机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向;管设备(26)另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴(29)旁;将自行车刹车线(6)的另一端从管设备(26)的靠机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向的一端穿入,在穿入管设备(26)之前;为了防止自行车刹车线(6)的扭动影响到自行车刹车线安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的部分,可以将自行车刹车线(6)固定在一个支架上;支架安装在车辆结构上;固定不能使自行车刹车线的芯线不能灵活拉动;同时一节弹簧的一端固定在支架上;弹簧的另一端和自行车刹车线的外套固定在一起;弹簧之间的自行车刹车线是弯曲的;自行车刹车线从管设备(26)的靠机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向的一端穿入后,从管设备(26)另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴(29)旁穿出;在方向盘的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒(28);管筒的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴(29)旁;管筒的另一端在方向盘面上;自行车刹车线从管设备(26)穿出后,又从方向盘中部的管筒(28)穿过,到了方向盘面的中部;从方向盘(31)的中部到方向盘的圆周设置一个管状物(36);管状物(36)的水平中轴线的下部和方 向盘(31)设置在一起;管状物(36)的水平中轴线的上部是活动的,能够通过螺钉上在管状物(36)的水平中轴线的下部上;从方向盘(31)中部的管筒(28)中穿过的自行车刹车线(6)安放在管状物(36)中;在管状物(36)的中间位置(38)将自行车刹车线的外套固定在管状物(36)的水平中轴线的下部上;在管状物(36)和方向盘(31)的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处(37),将自行车刹车线的外套安装在那里;与此同时将自行车刹车线的芯线(39)安装在一带状物(40)宽的一方的中间位置;带状物(40)就是一个带子,它比布料具有硬度,不会卷在一起,但是又不是硬质的,能够折叠;将带状物(40)安放在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中;带状物(40)必须立着安放在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中;所谓立着安放就是带状物(40)宽的一方和水平面垂直;带状物(40)长的一方和机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔并行;带状物(40)的另一端安装在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的另一方;带状物(40)在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中的安装,要求带状物(40)完全伸展开后、在带状物带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动,自行车刹车线的芯线又带动机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置的移动原件(3)移动,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置的弹簧(4)被压缩到极限、移动原件(3)移动到极限、机动车辆油门被加大到极限时,带状物(40)不贴在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘外的一方上,但是又不能存在太大的空隙;在方向盘(31)圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘中心位置方向设置多个孔格;孔格都朝向方向盘的中心方向;孔格之间是隔壁;孔格之间的隔壁和方向盘的圆周轴线垂直;孔格的上下方是孔格上壁、孔格下壁;孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口(42)的尺寸、和孔格靠方向盘外方向的孔格口(41)的尺寸,小于孔格内部的尺寸;在每一个孔格中安放一个开关塞(43);开关塞(43)由一个框架和框架中安装的弹性物体(46)构成;开关塞(43)的框架由十二个框架条构成;在框架靠方向盘(31)中心方向的上、下两个框架条,和框架靠方向盘外的方向的上、下两个框架条,是直状形的、或者是弯状形;其余的框架条都是直状形;每一个框架条都由互相垂直的两个侧面构成(47);框架条上设置有耳状片;耳状片上有螺钉孔;框架条上相应的位置也有螺钉孔;这样框架条通过螺钉就能够组装成框架;组装成框架的框架条的阴角都相对于框架的中心朝外;框架中安装的弹性物体;六个面都是凸出框架的;凸出框架的弹性物体的六个面的接触孔格之间的隔壁的左、右面,和接触孔格上壁、孔格下壁的上、下面,都是平面;弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘外的方向的一面,是平面或者是平面略呈弧形;和弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘外的方向的一面对应的机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的壁的形状吻合;弹性物体的六个面的朝向方向盘中心方向的一面的中部的形状,便于人的手指压按,人的手指压按上后有一种舒适感;弹性物体的六个面的接触孔格之间的隔壁的左、右面,和接触孔格上壁、孔格下壁的上、下面,和孔格之间的隔壁接触在一起后,和孔格上壁、孔格下壁接触在一起后,它们之间的摩 擦力较大、人要用力才能使开关塞(43)移动;开关塞(43)的框架靠方向盘外的一方到框架靠方向盘中心方向的一方的尺寸,小于孔格靠方向盘外的一方到孔格靠方向盘中心方向的一方的尺寸,于是开关塞(43)能够在孔格中从方向盘外向方向盘中心方向上移动;机动车辆方向盘(31)圆周上设置的管腔中设置的多个开关塞(43),全部移动到靠方向盘外方向,多个开关塞(43)朝向方向盘(31)外的一方共同推动机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔中安装的带状物(40)完全伸展开,带状物(40)完全伸展开后、带状物(40)带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动,自行车刹车线的芯线又带动机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置的移动原件(3)移动,使机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置的弹簧4被压缩到极限、移动原件(3)移动到极限、机动车辆油门被加大到极限,这时带状物不贴在机动车辆方向盘(31)圆周上设置的管腔靠方向盘外的一方上,它们之间的空隙又不是太大;如果多个开关塞(43)部分移动到靠方向盘(31)外方向,那么机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上设置的弹簧(4)就部分被压缩、移动原件(3)就移动部分的距离、机动车辆油门就部分被加大;如此就能控制机动车辆油门;人为使几个开关塞(43)移动到靠方向盘(31)外方向,就能使油门的开度控制在需要的刻度;当机动车辆朝正前方行驶时,将机动车辆方向盘(31)圆周上设置的控制油门的管腔和开关塞(43)设置在方向盘的左方或右方;同时在方向盘(31)上设置的控制油门的管腔和开关塞(43)的方向盘的相反的方向上设置同样结构的管腔和开关塞,但是不控制油门,只是起配合控制油门的作用;所谓相反的方向上,就是如果控制油门的管腔和开关塞(43)设置在方向盘的左方,那么配合控制油门的管腔和开关塞就设置在方向盘的右方,如果控制油门的管腔和开关塞(43)设置在方向盘的右方,那么配合控制油门的管腔和开关塞就设置在方向盘的左方;在每一个开关塞(43)的框架朝向方向盘中心方向的四个角上设置钢丝;钢丝要穿过方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口(42)壁;前面已经说过孔格口(42)的尺寸小于孔格内部的尺寸,也就是说孔格口存在孔格口壁;同时第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的上方左边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方左边设置的钢丝相连;要求控制油门的开关塞(43)完全移动到方向盘(31)外、配合控制油门的开关塞完全移动到靠方向盘(31)中心方向时,钢丝是完全伸直的;第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的上方右边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方右边设置的钢丝相连;第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的下方左边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方左边设置的钢丝相连;第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的下方右边设置的钢丝,必须和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方右边设置的钢丝相连;第二个、第三个以至多个控制油门的开关塞(43)上的钢丝,都是如此和第二个、第三个以至多个配合控制油门的开关塞上的钢丝相连;这些相连的钢丝如果不桥归桥、路归路地分开放置,必然纠缠在一起,影响开关塞的移动;由于在方向盘(31)圆周上设置的管腔的孔格 靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口(42)的尺寸,小于孔格内部的尺寸;使孔格靠方向盘中心方向的孔格口(42)处的孔格上壁52略伸出孔格口;使孔格靠方向盘(31)中心方向的孔格口(42)处的孔格下壁伸出孔格口;在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上设置供设置钢丝的细管;控制油门的开关塞(43)处在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上,和配合控制油门的开关塞处在伸出的孔格上壁上、和伸出的孔格下壁上,设置一样的供设置钢丝的细管;并且,第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝,和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的上方左边和右边设置的钢丝相连(44)后,设置在伸出的孔格上壁上设置的一个细管(45)中;这个细管(45)设置在机动车辆方向盘(31)圆盘上;这个细管(45)从第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁上,一直到第一个配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁上,是一个整体;以此类推,第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)的下方左边和右边设置的钢丝,和第一个配合控制油门的开关塞的下方左边和右边设置的钢丝相连后,设置在伸出的孔格下壁上设置的一个细管中;这个细管设置在机动车辆方向盘(31)圆盘上;这个细管从第一个控制油门的开关塞(43)所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁上,一直到第一个配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁上,是一个整体;第二个、第三个以至多个控制油门的开关塞(43)上和配合控制油门的开关塞上的钢丝都是如此设置;这样通过手指的压按使控制油门的开关塞(43)向方向盘外方向移动能够使油门加大;同时通过另一个手的手指的压按使配合控制油门的开关塞向方向盘外方向移动,能够通过钢丝带动控制油门的开关塞(43)向方向盘中心方向移动使控制油门的开关塞(43)回到原位,使油门又被变小;如此操作就能够控制使油门变大、使油门变小,如此就实现了油门由脚动为手动;也就是说通过驾驶员手指的压按使控制油门的开关塞(43)向方向盘外方向移动,开关塞(43)向方向盘外方向移动又推动带状物(40)带动自行车刹车线的芯线移动,而自行车刹车线芯线安装在机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)上,自行车刹车线(6)的芯线(8)移动就带动移动原件(3)移动,与移动原件(3)相连的位移感应器(1)在监测到移动原件(3)移动后,会瞬间将此信息送往ECU电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到提高;当驾驶员另一只手的手指压按使配合控制油门的开关塞向方向盘外方向移动,通过钢丝带动控制油门的开关塞(43)向方向盘中心方向移动使控制油门的开关塞(43)回到原位,控制油门的开关塞(43)回到原位后,和刹车线芯线相连的带状物(40)就失去了支撑,和刹车线芯线相连的带状物失去了支撑后,和带状物(40)相连的刹车线芯线另一端的机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)上的移动原件(3)在弹簧(4)的作用下回归原位,与移动原件(3)相连的位移感应器(1)在监测到移动原件移动后,又会瞬间将此信息送往ECU 电控单元,ECU电控单元对该信息和其它系统传来的数据信息进行运算处理,计算出一个控制信号,通过线路送到伺服电动机继电器,伺服电动机驱动节气门执行机构调整节气门的开度,使机动车辆的动力得到调整;这里还有一个问题,在急转弯时驾驶员的手会不会无意中碰到控制油门的开关塞(43)和配合控制油门的开关塞,使控制油门的开关塞(43)和配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格上壁加厚(53);使控制油门的开关塞(43)和配合控制油门的开关塞所在的孔格伸出的孔格下壁,在开关塞全部移动到朝向机动车辆方向盘(31)中心方向时伸出超过开关塞并加厚(54);或者在控制油门的开关塞和配合控制油门的开关塞的上面、下面设置板结构,使开关塞夹在板结构之间;这样驾驶员从方向盘(31)内弯握住开关塞(43)所在的方向盘部分时,在开关塞全部移动到朝向机动车辆方向盘(31)中心方向时,就不会碰到开关塞(43),如此就能保证在急转弯时驾驶员的手不会无意中碰到控制油门的开关塞(43)和配合控制油门的开关塞;控制油门的开关塞(43)和配合控制油门的开关塞分别设置成不同的鲜艳颜色,便于驾驶员及时操控。
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:弹簧的另一端和自行车刹车线的外套固定在一起;用一铁皮包在自行车刹车线的外套上;自行车刹车线包铁皮的那一段外套可以设置成金属的;然后将弹簧的一端和包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮固定在一起;将弹簧的端部设置一个金属片;金属片上有孔;包着自行车刹车线外套的铁皮上也有孔;这样就能够用螺钉将二者固定在一起。
  60. 根据权利要求58所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:在管状物(36)和方向盘(31)的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处(37),将自行车刹车线的外套安装在那里;将自行车刹车线的外套的端部设置成能够上螺钉的孔;将管状物和方向盘的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处也设置成能够上螺钉的螺钉孔;这样能够用螺钉将自行车刹车线的外套安装在管状物和方向盘的圆周处的结合处的水平中轴线处。
  61. 根据权利要求58所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:带状物(40)可以用布料、化纤原料制造;自行车刹车线的芯线(39)在带状物(40)上的安装,是将自行车刹车线的芯线(39)从带状物(40)宽的一方的中间位置设置的孔中穿过;然后将自行车刹车线的芯线(39)的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起;用铁皮把自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线反折在一起的部分包起来;再用机械把包起来的铁皮压紧;使自行车刹车线的芯线的端头和自行车刹车线芯线不会松脱;带状物(40)宽的一方的中间位置设置的孔有金属包口;所谓金属包口就是布料、化纤料的提包类上设置的孔常用的那种金属包口;这样使孔结实;不至于孔承力后孔处的布料、化纤料越来越松脱,孔越来越大。
  62. 根据权利要求58所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:安装的方法就是如在带状物(40)的另一端的中间位置设置一个孔;孔设置成金属包口;然后用螺钉把带状物(40) 的另一端安装在机动车辆方向盘圆周上设置的管腔的另一方设置的螺钉孔处。
  63. 根据权利要求56或57所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:脚动油门踏板设置成活动的,当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板取下,将脚动油门踏板和支架之间的连接体设置成从中部断开,在断开的两个端头上各设置一个小片物,小片物上都有螺钉孔,这样就可以通过螺钉将脚动油门踏板和支架连接在一起,在不使用脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从支架上取下。
  64. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件即微型电动机的电源开关控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆;不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件;连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆和一节齿条对接在一起;在车体上设置一个滑槽,或者在固定在车体上的设备上设置一个滑槽;将齿条设置在滑槽中;设置一个微型电动机;微型电动机安装在车体上,或者安装在固定在车体上的设备上;微型电动机的轴上安装一个单向传动的齿轮;微型电动机的轴上安装的单向传动的齿轮和齿条对接;滑槽上有限制设施;使齿条运动的极限正好是机动车辆在巡航速度行驶时节气门的开度;当电动机断电后,设置的弹簧的弹力,使连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆回归原位;控制微型电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁,将开关电源线牵到即可;控制微型电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上,要设置电源线通道才能将微型电动机的电源开关电源线牵到;电动驱使的手动油门设备,和脚动油门踏板结合使用;在机动车辆巡航速度行驶时,使用电动驱使的手动油门设备,就不用脚始终踩在在油门踏板上;在机动车辆不是巡航速度行驶时,可以使用脚动油门踏板。
  65. 机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于非电子的传统油门,使用机动车辆手动油门设备控制油门;机动车辆手动油门设备实现控制油门就是通过手动部件双向开关控制微型微速电动机带动齿轮转动,齿轮又带动齿条运动,齿条运动就带动连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆移动;不需要设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件;设计制造一个板块;在板块上固定一个滑槽;滑槽中设置一个齿条;齿条和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆对接;板块设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;设置一个微型微速电动机;微型微速电动机安装在板块上,或者安装在板块旁;齿条和微型微速电动机的轴垂直;微型微速电动机的轴上安装一个齿轮;微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮和齿条对接;或者微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,通过一个变速机制和齿条对接;微型微速电动机由双向开关控制,即微型微速电动机既可以正转、又可以反转;板块上设置有限制机制,限制着齿条运动的上限和下限,即连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆移动的上限和下限,也就是油门开度的最大和最小就是齿条运动的上限和下限;控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁,或者设置在机动车 辆驾驶室的方向盘上;电源开关是按钮式双向开关;按钮式双向开关有两个;一个开关控制微型微速电动机正转;一个开关控制微型微速电动机反转;两个开关可以设置成不同的颜色;控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘旁,将开关电源线牵到即可;控制微型微速电动机的电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上,要设置电源线通道才能将微型微速电动机的电源开关电源线牵到;在使用手动油门设备控制油门的同时,使用脚动油门踏板控制油门;脚动油门踏板能够控制连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆移动;在不使用微型微速电动机时,可以使用脚动油门踏板;设置脚动油门踏板需要设置一个弹簧使脚动油门踏板归位;如果不使用脚动油门踏板,要用微型微速电动机及手动油门设备,应该使脚动油门踏板和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆脱离接触,避免脚动油门踏板设置的弹簧,在微型微速电动机断电时,使连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆发生移动。
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:板块设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在一般的情况下,当机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部的位置比较富裕,便于设置板块时,将板块设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部;当机动车辆油门踏板的挡板处车辆的前部、前下部的位置不富裕,可以将板块设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的上方、上前方。
  67. 根据权利要求65所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮,通过一个变速机制和齿条对接;设置一个齿轮和齿条对接;设置的齿轮通过安装架安装在板块上;微型微速电动机的轴上安装的齿轮又和设置的齿轮对接。
  68. 根据权利要求64、65所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆通过杠杆和一节齿条对接在一起;杠杆阻力臂的端部和连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆的一方对接在一起;杠杆的支点设置在连接节气门连动板的拉索或者拉杆附近的车体上或者是固定在车体上的设备上;将杠杆的动力臂的端部和齿条一方对接。
  69. 根据权利要求35、36、37、38、64、65任一权利要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:如果将电源开关设置在机动车辆驾驶室的方向盘上,就需要设置电源开关的电源线通道;具体的就是和机动车辆方向盘架管平行设置一个管设备;管设备是直管,或者是弯曲的管;管设备一端开口在机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向;管设备另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁;将微型电动机控制开关的电源线从管设备的靠机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向的一端穿入;从管设备另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁穿出;在机动车辆手动油门设备主件方向管设备外设置一个弹簧;弹簧的一端固定在车辆的车体上;或者固定在安装在车辆车体上的支架上;弹簧的另一端固定在微型电动机控制开关的电源线上;在方向盘的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒;管筒的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁,管筒的另一端在方向盘面上;微型电动机控制开关的电源线从管设备穿出后,又从 方向盘中部的管筒穿过,到了方向盘面的中部和微型电动机控制开关对接在一起。
  70. 根据权利要求35、36或64所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:所谓单向传动的齿轮就是如和自行车后轮同轴的链传动的从动轮,它只对一个方向产生传递作用,如人向前踩自行车脚踏板能带动自行车向前运动,人向后踩自行车脚踏板并不能带动自行车向后运动。
  71. 根据权利要求18、20、25、28、34任一权利要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:安装位移传感器(1)的安装部件(15)设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在一般的情况下,当机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部的位置比较富裕,便于设置安装位移传感器的安装部件时,将安装位移传感器的安装部件设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部;当机动车辆油门踏板的挡板处车辆的前部、前下部的位置不富裕,可以将安装位移传感器的安装部件设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的上方、上前方。
  72. 根据权利要求1、3、8、10、12、17、26、27、35、36、37、38任一权利要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:机动车辆手动油门设备主件(11)设置在机动车辆适宜的位置;在一般的情况下,当机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部的位置比较富裕,便于设置机动车辆手动油门设备主件时,将机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的挡板的前部、前下部;当机动车辆油门踏板的挡板处车辆的前部、前下部的位置不富裕,可以将机动车辆手动油门设备主件设置在机动车辆油门踏板处车辆的上方、上前方。
  73. 根据权利要求1、3、8、10、12、17、18、20、25、29、34、40、42、47、48、50、55、58任一权利要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:自行车刹车线用现有的自行车刹车线;或者自己制造一种自行车刹车线;自己制造的这种自行车刹车线,芯线在外套中要求非常宽松,能够非常容易地在外套中移动。
  74. 根据权利要求39所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:将位移传感器设置在方向盘之上,需要设置位移传感器数据线的铺设通道;位移传感器数据线的铺设通道就是和机动车辆方向盘架管平行设置一个管设备;管设备是直管;或者是弯曲的管;管设备一端开口在机动车辆油门踏板方向;管设备另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁;将位移传感器的数据线从管设备的靠机动车辆油门踏板方向的一端穿入;在穿入管设备之前,或者将位移传感器的数据线固定在一个支架上;支架安装在车辆结构上;同时一节弹簧的一端固定在支架上;弹簧的另一端和位移传感器的数据线固定在一起;或者将位移传感器的数据线固定在车辆结构上,弹簧的一端也固定在车辆结构上;弹簧的另一端和位移传感器的数据线固定在一起;弹簧之间的位移传感器的数据线是弯曲的;位移传感器的数据线从管设备的靠机动车辆油门踏板方向的一端穿入后,从管设备另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入 轴旁穿出;在方向盘的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒;管筒的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁,管筒的另一端在方向盘面上;位移传感器的数据线从管设备穿出后,又从方向盘中部的管筒穿过,到了方向盘面的中部。
  75. 根据权利要求1、3、8、10、12、17、18、20、25、29、34、40、42、47、48、50、55、58任一权利要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:铺设自行车刹车线的通道,和机动车辆方向盘架管(27)平行设置一个管设备(26);管设备(26)是直管,或者是弯曲的管;管设备(26)一端开口在机动车辆油门脚踏板方向;管设备另一端开口在机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴(29)旁;将自行车刹车线(6)的另一端从管设备(26)的靠机动车辆油门脚踏板方向的一端穿入;在穿入管设备(26)之前,将自行车刹车线(6)固定在一个支架上;支架安装在车辆结构上;固定不能使自行车刹车线的芯线不能灵活拉动;同时一节弹簧的一端固定在支架上;弹簧的另一端和自行车刹车线的外套固定在一起;弹簧之间的自行车刹车线是弯曲的;自行车刹车线从管设备的靠机动车辆油门脚踏板方向的一端穿入后,从管设备另一端即机动车辆方向盘系统的转向输入轴旁穿出;在方向盘(31)的中部和方向盘的平面垂直设置一个管筒(28);管筒(28)的一端在方向盘系统的转向输入轴(29)旁,管筒(28)的另一端在方向盘面上;自行车刹车线从管设备穿出后,又从方向盘中部的管筒穿过,到了方向盘面的中部。
  76. 根据权利要求1、3、8、10、12、17、18、20、25、26、27、28、34、37、38、39、40、42、47、48、50、55、56、57、64、65任一权利要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于使用电子油门的机动车辆,在使用手动油门设备的同时,可以同时使用脚动油门踏板;脚动油门踏板的安装,如果便于使用地板式脚动油门踏板,地板式脚动油门踏板的安装是在地板式脚动油门踏板的前下方设置一个管物(22);管物(22)和支撑架(23)固定在一起;支撑架(23)安装在机动车辆车体结构(16)上;在地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部设置一个棍状物(24);棍状物(24)和地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部连在一起;棍状物(24)和地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部相连的地方是一个关节(25);使地板式脚动油门踏板能在棍状物上活动;将棍状物(24)插在管物(22)中;棍状物(24)的下端和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起;或者和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起;在机动车辆车体结构上垂直设置一个小桩体(17);小桩体(17)上端有一个水平孔(18);同时设置一对并列的一样长的短条体(19);短条体(19)中部有水平孔;短条体(19)的一端通过一个转轴和脚动油门踏板20的一端连接在一起;这一端朝下,放驾驶员的脚的后部;短条体(19)的另一端通过一个弹簧(21)和脚动油门踏板(20)的另一端安装在一起;另一端朝上,放驾驶员的脚的前部;将并列的一样长的短条体(19)夹着小桩体(17)上端;并使孔对齐;然后用螺钉将短条体(19)和小桩体(17)固定在一起,脚动油门踏板就算安装好了;地板 式脚动油门踏板下方设置的弹簧(21)用于使地板式脚动油门踏板回归原位;这种脚动油门踏板可以取下不用。
  77. 根据权利要求1、3、8、10、12、17、18、20、25、26、27、28、34、37、38、39、40、42、47、48、50、55、56、57、64、65任一权利要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于使用电子油门的机动车辆,在使用手动油门设备的同时,可以同时使用脚动油门踏板;脚动油门踏板的安装,如果便于使用地板式脚动油门踏板,地板式脚动油门踏板的安装是在地板式脚动油门踏板的前下方设置一个管物(22);管物(22)和支撑架(23)固定在一起;支撑架(23)安装在机动车辆车体结构(16)上;在地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部设置一个棍状物(24);棍状物(24)和地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部连在一起;棍状物(24)和地板式脚动油门踏板的前下部相连的地方是一个关节(25),使地板式脚动油门踏板能在棍状物上活动;将棍状物(24)插在管物(22)中;棍状物(24)的下端通过一个中间部件和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起;或者棍状物(24)的下端通过一个中间部件和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起;在机动车辆车体结构上垂直设置一个小桩体(17);小桩体(17)上端有一个水平孔(18);同时设置一对并列的一样长的短条体(19);短条体(19)中部有水平孔;短条体(19)的一端通过一个转轴和脚动油门踏板(20)的一端连接在一起;这一端朝下,放驾驶员的脚的后部;短条体(19)的另一端通过一个弹簧(21)和脚动油门踏板(20)的另一端安装在一起;另一端朝上,放驾驶员的脚的前部;将并列的一样长的短条体(19)夹着小桩体(17)上端;并使孔对齐;然后用螺钉将短条体(19)和小桩体(17)固定在一起,脚动油门踏板就算安装好了;地板式脚动油门踏板下方设置的弹簧(21)用于使地板式脚动油门踏板回归原位;这种脚动油门踏板可以取下不用。
  78. 根据权利要求1、3、8、10、12、17、18、20、25、26、27、28、34、37、38、39、40、42、47、48、50、55、56、57、64、65任一权利要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于使用电子油门的机动车辆,在使用手动油门设备的同时,可以同时使用脚动油门踏板;如果机动车辆便于使用悬挂式脚动油门踏板,悬挂式脚动油门踏板的安装是在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上方设置一个管物;管物和支撑架固定在一起;支撑架安装在机动车辆车体结构上;在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上部设置一个棍状物;棍状物和悬挂式脚动油门踏板的对接体连在一起;对接体固定在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的下部;对接体伸出棍物和棍状物连接在一起;棍状物插在管物中;棍状物的上端和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起、或者和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起;在棍状物上设置一个环;一个弹簧勾在环上;弹簧的另一端安装在支架上;支架固定在车辆的车体上;这个弹簧用于使悬挂式脚动油门踏板回归原位;棍状物是直接和悬挂式脚动油门踏板的对接体连在一起。
  79. 根据权利要求1、3、8、10、12、17、18、20、25、26、27、28、34、37、38、39、 40、42、47、48、50、55、56、57、64、65任一权利要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于使用电子油门的机动车辆,在使用手动油门设备的同时,可以同时使用脚动油门踏板;如果机动车辆便于使用悬挂式脚动油门踏板,在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上方设置一个管物;管物和支撑架固定在一起;支撑架安装在机动车辆车体结构上;在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上部设置一个棍状物;棍状物和悬挂式脚动油门踏板的对接体连在一起;对接体固定在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的下部;对接体伸出棍物和棍状物连接在一起;棍状物插在管物中;棍状物的上端和机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件对接在一起、或者和位移传感器的移动端对接在一起;在棍状物上设置一个环;一个弹簧勾在环上;弹簧的另一端安装在支架上;支架固定在车辆的车体上;这个弹簧用于使悬挂式脚动油门踏板回归原位;棍状物和悬挂式脚动油门踏板的对接体的连接是活动的;当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从棍状物上取下。
  80. 根据权利要求1、3、8、10、12、17、18、20、25、26、27、28、34、37、38、39、40、42、47、48、50、55、56、57、64、65任一权利要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于使用电子油门的机动车辆,在使用手动油门设备的同时,可以同时使用脚动油门踏板;悬挂式脚动油门踏板的安装,是在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上方设置一个支架;支架安装在机动车辆车体结构上;悬挂式脚动油门踏板通过连接体上的一个转轴安装在支架上;支架设置有弹簧连接着和悬挂式脚动油门踏板一体的连接体;连接体通过一个连接部件连接着机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件、或者连接着位移传感器的移动端;悬挂式脚动油门踏板直接通过连接体上的一个转轴安装在支架上。
  81. 根据权利要求1、3、8、10、12、17、18、20、25、26、27、28、34、37、38、39、40、42、47、48、50、55、56、57、64、65任一权利要求所述的机动车辆油门控制设备,其特征是:对于使用电子油门的机动车辆,在使用手动油门设备的同时,可以同时使用脚动油门踏板;悬挂式脚动油门踏板的安装,是在悬挂式脚动油门踏板的前上方设置一个支架;支架安装在机动车辆车体结构上;悬挂式脚动油门踏板通过连接体上的一个转轴安装在支架上;支架设置有弹簧连接着和悬挂式脚动油门踏板一体的连接体;连接体通过一个连接部件连接着机动车辆手动油门设备主件上的移动原件、或者连接着位移传感器的移动端;悬挂式脚动油门踏板连接体在中部是断开的;当不需要脚动油门踏板时,可以将脚动油门踏板从断开处取下;连接部件如果安装在支架一方不用理会;连接部件如果安装在脚动油门踏板一方,也做成活动的。
PCT/CN2015/073399 2014-03-06 2015-02-28 机动车辆油门控制设备 WO2015131782A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201420101210 2014-03-06
CN201420101210.5 2014-03-06

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015131782A1 true WO2015131782A1 (zh) 2015-09-11

Family

ID=53567797

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/073399 WO2015131782A1 (zh) 2014-03-06 2015-02-28 机动车辆油门控制设备

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (22) CN205044543U (zh)
WO (1) WO2015131782A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108327690A (zh) * 2017-12-01 2018-07-27 浙江农林大学暨阳学院 一种防误踩油门安全控制装置

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015131782A1 (zh) * 2014-03-06 2015-09-11 赵彦杰 机动车辆油门控制设备
CN105388025B (zh) * 2015-12-19 2018-07-20 中山弗雷德机械有限公司 一种加油门踏板机械控制装置
CN111422061B (zh) * 2018-03-01 2021-07-30 国网山东省电力公司武城县供电公司 一种发动机转速控制方法
CN109373884A (zh) * 2018-11-09 2019-02-22 深圳市百兴源科技有限公司 一种油门行程测量装置
CN112614382B (zh) * 2020-11-11 2022-03-04 山东卓智软件股份有限公司 相对距离智能化调节系统
CN113624515A (zh) * 2021-09-02 2021-11-09 东风汽车集团股份有限公司 一种油门踏板开度辅助控制装置及方法
CN114435130A (zh) * 2022-03-08 2022-05-06 浙江理工大学 一种基于Ag-rgo的汽车油门控制传感器及其控制方法

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE3333258C2 (de) * 1983-09-15 1985-07-11 Ford-Werke AG, 5000 Köln Brems-Gas-Handsteuergerät zur Bedienung eines Kraftfahrzeuges durch beinbehinderte Fahrer
DE10140187B4 (de) * 2001-08-22 2008-05-29 Hinrich H. Swyter Handbediengerät
CN101407176A (zh) * 2008-11-24 2009-04-15 王佑夫 车用手控油门的控制方法及其系统
CN202879253U (zh) * 2012-01-18 2013-04-17 赵彦杰 机动车辆防误踩油门设备
CN202965963U (zh) * 2012-01-18 2013-06-05 赵彦杰 无双腿残疾人可驾驶的机动车辆的刹车、油门控制结构

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2753302B1 (fr) * 1996-09-06 1998-10-16 Valeo Equip Electr Moteur Contacteur de demarreur comportant un circuit electronique de commande integre au contacteur, et demarreur de vehicule comportant un tel contacteur
CN2429414Y (zh) * 2000-06-08 2001-05-09 孙永庚 残疾人驾车装置
DE10150803B4 (de) * 2001-10-15 2006-08-17 Lucas Automotive Gmbh Hydraulische Fahrzeugbremse mit elektrisch betätigbarer Feststelleinrichtung
JP3937914B2 (ja) * 2002-05-14 2007-06-27 トヨタ自動車株式会社 車両操作装置
CN2873588Y (zh) * 2005-12-09 2007-02-28 金亚东 自动档汽车手控制动、油门装置
CN100426160C (zh) * 2006-11-15 2008-10-15 北京航空航天大学 一种汽车手动刹车和手动加速的控制装置
CN201291768Y (zh) * 2008-10-29 2009-08-19 中国重汽集团济南技术中心有限公司 手动油门控制器
CN201347803Y (zh) * 2008-12-29 2009-11-18 中国第一汽车集团公司 一种电控车用手动油门
CN201714500U (zh) * 2009-09-01 2011-01-19 乔云鹏 发动机油门操纵电动控制装置
CN201777138U (zh) * 2010-06-04 2011-03-30 北京南天顺达工贸有限公司 残疾人汽车驾驶操纵装置
CN104442380A (zh) * 2013-03-08 2015-03-25 赵彦杰 微电脑控制油门设备
CN103381755B (zh) * 2013-07-04 2016-06-22 曹月伟 机动车油门安全控制装置
WO2015131782A1 (zh) * 2014-03-06 2015-09-11 赵彦杰 机动车辆油门控制设备

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE3333258C2 (de) * 1983-09-15 1985-07-11 Ford-Werke AG, 5000 Köln Brems-Gas-Handsteuergerät zur Bedienung eines Kraftfahrzeuges durch beinbehinderte Fahrer
DE10140187B4 (de) * 2001-08-22 2008-05-29 Hinrich H. Swyter Handbediengerät
CN101407176A (zh) * 2008-11-24 2009-04-15 王佑夫 车用手控油门的控制方法及其系统
CN202879253U (zh) * 2012-01-18 2013-04-17 赵彦杰 机动车辆防误踩油门设备
CN202965963U (zh) * 2012-01-18 2013-06-05 赵彦杰 无双腿残疾人可驾驶的机动车辆的刹车、油门控制结构

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108327690A (zh) * 2017-12-01 2018-07-27 浙江农林大学暨阳学院 一种防误踩油门安全控制装置
CN108327690B (zh) * 2017-12-01 2023-05-26 浙江农林大学暨阳学院 一种防误踩油门安全控制装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105253016A (zh) 2016-01-20
CN105383293A (zh) 2016-03-09
CN205044543U (zh) 2016-02-24
CN204452043U (zh) 2015-07-08
CN205044542U (zh) 2016-02-24
CN105398337A (zh) 2016-03-16
CN204452044U (zh) 2015-07-08
CN105416061A (zh) 2016-03-23
CN105416060A (zh) 2016-03-23
CN205044546U (zh) 2016-02-24
CN105253015A (zh) 2016-01-20
CN105383295A (zh) 2016-03-09
CN204452045U (zh) 2015-07-08
CN204488509U (zh) 2015-07-22
CN205044544U (zh) 2016-02-24
CN204701468U (zh) 2015-10-14
CN105416059A (zh) 2016-03-23
CN105383296A (zh) 2016-03-09
CN205044545U (zh) 2016-02-24
CN204488508U (zh) 2015-07-22
CN105383297A (zh) 2016-03-09
CN105383294A (zh) 2016-03-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2015131782A1 (zh) 机动车辆油门控制设备
WO2014135114A1 (zh) 机动车辆油门控制设备
US9696749B2 (en) Control devices, systems, and methods for self-propelled machinery
CN108222712A (zh) 具有自定中双臂曲柄的嵌装动力滑动门把手
US9650024B2 (en) Vehicle control system
US10765573B2 (en) Wheelchair brake system
JP4857057B2 (ja) 超音波診断装置
US10308114B2 (en) Hand control throttle system
KR101520447B1 (ko) 휠체어의 착탈식 구동장치
JP6857706B2 (ja) 掘削機用のコンソールボックス
KR100996697B1 (ko) 차량용 풋레스트 장치
JP2008007054A (ja) 自動車のアクセルペダル装置及びその操作方法
GB2507167A (en) Apparatus for fitting a duvet cover
JPH0817759B2 (ja) 自走機構を有する電気掃除機
TWI334911B (zh)
KR200461036Y1 (ko) 좌변기용 배수 장치
KR200426185Y1 (ko) 전선 정리 기구
JP2004276800A (ja) 歩行型作業機
TWI301431B (zh)
JPH0451785Y2 (zh)
JPH0348651Y2 (zh)
JP2513224Y2 (ja) 農作業車の伝動構造
JPS59990Y2 (ja) 車両用パ−キングブレ−キ
JP5898979B2 (ja) 歩行型作業機の操作レバー装置
TWM375701U (en) Elevator emergency brake device with detection mechanism

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15758421

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15758421

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1